| 1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD.
|
|---|
| 2 | Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
|
|---|
| 3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|---|
| 4 |
|
|---|
| 5 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
|
|---|
| 6 |
|
|---|
| 7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
|---|
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
|---|
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
|---|
| 10 | (at your option) any later version.
|
|---|
| 11 |
|
|---|
| 12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|---|
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|---|
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
|---|
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details.
|
|---|
| 16 |
|
|---|
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
|---|
| 18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
|---|
| 19 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
|---|
| 20 |
|
|---|
| 21 | /*
|
|---|
| 22 |
|
|---|
| 23 | SECTION
|
|---|
| 24 | ELF backends
|
|---|
| 25 |
|
|---|
| 26 | BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
|
|---|
| 27 | Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
|
|---|
| 28 | (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
|
|---|
| 29 |
|
|---|
| 30 | Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
|
|---|
| 31 | to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
|
|---|
| 32 | haven't bothered yet.
|
|---|
| 33 | */
|
|---|
| 34 |
|
|---|
| 35 | /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
|
|---|
| 36 | #define _SYSCALL32
|
|---|
| 37 | #include "bfd.h"
|
|---|
| 38 | #include "sysdep.h"
|
|---|
| 39 | #include "bfdlink.h"
|
|---|
| 40 | #include "libbfd.h"
|
|---|
| 41 | #define ARCH_SIZE 0
|
|---|
| 42 | #include "elf-bfd.h"
|
|---|
| 43 |
|
|---|
| 44 | static INLINE struct elf_segment_map *make_mapping
|
|---|
| 45 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection **, unsigned int, unsigned int, boolean));
|
|---|
| 46 | static boolean map_sections_to_segments PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 47 | static int elf_sort_sections PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
|
|---|
| 48 | static boolean assign_file_positions_for_segments PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 49 | static boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 50 | static boolean prep_headers PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 51 | static boolean swap_out_syms PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int));
|
|---|
| 52 | static boolean copy_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
|
|---|
| 53 | static char *elf_read PARAMS ((bfd *, long, unsigned int));
|
|---|
| 54 | static void elf_fake_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
|
|---|
| 55 | static boolean assign_section_numbers PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 56 | static INLINE int sym_is_global PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *));
|
|---|
| 57 | static boolean elf_map_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 58 | static bfd_size_type get_program_header_size PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 59 | static boolean elfcore_read_notes PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma));
|
|---|
| 60 | static boolean elf_find_function PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *,
|
|---|
| 61 | asymbol **,
|
|---|
| 62 | bfd_vma, const char **,
|
|---|
| 63 | const char **));
|
|---|
| 64 |
|
|---|
| 65 | /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
|
|---|
| 66 | currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
|
|---|
| 67 | need to move into elfcode.h. */
|
|---|
| 68 |
|
|---|
| 69 | /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
|
|---|
| 70 |
|
|---|
| 71 | void
|
|---|
| 72 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 73 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 74 | const Elf_External_Verdef *src;
|
|---|
| 75 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst;
|
|---|
| 76 | {
|
|---|
| 77 | dst->vd_version = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
|
|---|
| 78 | dst->vd_flags = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
|
|---|
| 79 | dst->vd_ndx = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
|
|---|
| 80 | dst->vd_cnt = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
|
|---|
| 81 | dst->vd_hash = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
|
|---|
| 82 | dst->vd_aux = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
|
|---|
| 83 | dst->vd_next = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
|
|---|
| 84 | }
|
|---|
| 85 |
|
|---|
| 86 | /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
|
|---|
| 87 |
|
|---|
| 88 | void
|
|---|
| 89 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 90 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 91 | const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src;
|
|---|
| 92 | Elf_External_Verdef *dst;
|
|---|
| 93 | {
|
|---|
| 94 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
|
|---|
| 95 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
|
|---|
| 96 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
|
|---|
| 97 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
|
|---|
| 98 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
|
|---|
| 99 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
|
|---|
| 100 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
|
|---|
| 101 | }
|
|---|
| 102 |
|
|---|
| 103 | /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
|
|---|
| 104 |
|
|---|
| 105 | void
|
|---|
| 106 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 107 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 108 | const Elf_External_Verdaux *src;
|
|---|
| 109 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst;
|
|---|
| 110 | {
|
|---|
| 111 | dst->vda_name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
|
|---|
| 112 | dst->vda_next = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
|
|---|
| 113 | }
|
|---|
| 114 |
|
|---|
| 115 | /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
|
|---|
| 116 |
|
|---|
| 117 | void
|
|---|
| 118 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 119 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 120 | const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src;
|
|---|
| 121 | Elf_External_Verdaux *dst;
|
|---|
| 122 | {
|
|---|
| 123 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
|
|---|
| 124 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
|
|---|
| 125 | }
|
|---|
| 126 |
|
|---|
| 127 | /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
|
|---|
| 128 |
|
|---|
| 129 | void
|
|---|
| 130 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 131 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 132 | const Elf_External_Verneed *src;
|
|---|
| 133 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst;
|
|---|
| 134 | {
|
|---|
| 135 | dst->vn_version = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
|
|---|
| 136 | dst->vn_cnt = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
|
|---|
| 137 | dst->vn_file = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
|
|---|
| 138 | dst->vn_aux = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
|
|---|
| 139 | dst->vn_next = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
|
|---|
| 140 | }
|
|---|
| 141 |
|
|---|
| 142 | /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
|
|---|
| 143 |
|
|---|
| 144 | void
|
|---|
| 145 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 146 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 147 | const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src;
|
|---|
| 148 | Elf_External_Verneed *dst;
|
|---|
| 149 | {
|
|---|
| 150 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
|
|---|
| 151 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
|
|---|
| 152 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
|
|---|
| 153 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
|
|---|
| 154 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
|
|---|
| 155 | }
|
|---|
| 156 |
|
|---|
| 157 | /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
|
|---|
| 158 |
|
|---|
| 159 | void
|
|---|
| 160 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 161 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 162 | const Elf_External_Vernaux *src;
|
|---|
| 163 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst;
|
|---|
| 164 | {
|
|---|
| 165 | dst->vna_hash = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
|
|---|
| 166 | dst->vna_flags = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
|
|---|
| 167 | dst->vna_other = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
|
|---|
| 168 | dst->vna_name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
|
|---|
| 169 | dst->vna_next = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
|
|---|
| 170 | }
|
|---|
| 171 |
|
|---|
| 172 | /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
|
|---|
| 173 |
|
|---|
| 174 | void
|
|---|
| 175 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 176 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 177 | const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src;
|
|---|
| 178 | Elf_External_Vernaux *dst;
|
|---|
| 179 | {
|
|---|
| 180 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
|
|---|
| 181 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
|
|---|
| 182 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
|
|---|
| 183 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
|
|---|
| 184 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
|
|---|
| 185 | }
|
|---|
| 186 |
|
|---|
| 187 | /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
|
|---|
| 188 |
|
|---|
| 189 | void
|
|---|
| 190 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 191 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 192 | const Elf_External_Versym *src;
|
|---|
| 193 | Elf_Internal_Versym *dst;
|
|---|
| 194 | {
|
|---|
| 195 | dst->vs_vers = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
|
|---|
| 196 | }
|
|---|
| 197 |
|
|---|
| 198 | /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
|
|---|
| 199 |
|
|---|
| 200 | void
|
|---|
| 201 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 202 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 203 | const Elf_Internal_Versym *src;
|
|---|
| 204 | Elf_External_Versym *dst;
|
|---|
| 205 | {
|
|---|
| 206 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
|
|---|
| 207 | }
|
|---|
| 208 |
|
|---|
| 209 | /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
|
|---|
| 210 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
|
|---|
| 211 |
|
|---|
| 212 | unsigned long
|
|---|
| 213 | bfd_elf_hash (namearg)
|
|---|
| 214 | const char *namearg;
|
|---|
| 215 | {
|
|---|
| 216 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
|
|---|
| 217 | unsigned long h = 0;
|
|---|
| 218 | unsigned long g;
|
|---|
| 219 | int ch;
|
|---|
| 220 |
|
|---|
| 221 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
|
|---|
| 222 | {
|
|---|
| 223 | h = (h << 4) + ch;
|
|---|
| 224 | if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
|
|---|
| 225 | {
|
|---|
| 226 | h ^= g >> 24;
|
|---|
| 227 | /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
|
|---|
| 228 | this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
|
|---|
| 229 | h ^= g;
|
|---|
| 230 | }
|
|---|
| 231 | }
|
|---|
| 232 | return h;
|
|---|
| 233 | }
|
|---|
| 234 |
|
|---|
| 235 | /* Read a specified number of bytes at a specified offset in an ELF
|
|---|
| 236 | file, into a newly allocated buffer, and return a pointer to the
|
|---|
| 237 | buffer. */
|
|---|
| 238 |
|
|---|
| 239 | static char *
|
|---|
| 240 | elf_read (abfd, offset, size)
|
|---|
| 241 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 242 | long offset;
|
|---|
| 243 | unsigned int size;
|
|---|
| 244 | {
|
|---|
| 245 | char *buf;
|
|---|
| 246 |
|
|---|
| 247 | if ((buf = bfd_alloc (abfd, size)) == NULL)
|
|---|
| 248 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 249 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
|
|---|
| 250 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 251 | if (bfd_read ((PTR) buf, size, 1, abfd) != size)
|
|---|
| 252 | {
|
|---|
| 253 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
|
|---|
| 254 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
|
|---|
| 255 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 256 | }
|
|---|
| 257 | return buf;
|
|---|
| 258 | }
|
|---|
| 259 |
|
|---|
| 260 | boolean
|
|---|
| 261 | bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd)
|
|---|
| 262 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 263 | {
|
|---|
| 264 | /* This just does initialization. */
|
|---|
| 265 | /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
|
|---|
| 266 | elf_tdata (abfd) = (struct elf_obj_tdata *)
|
|---|
| 267 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
|
|---|
| 268 | if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0)
|
|---|
| 269 | return false;
|
|---|
| 270 | /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any
|
|---|
| 271 | initialization? */
|
|---|
| 272 |
|
|---|
| 273 | return true;
|
|---|
| 274 | }
|
|---|
| 275 |
|
|---|
| 276 | boolean
|
|---|
| 277 | bfd_elf_mkcorefile (abfd)
|
|---|
| 278 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 279 | {
|
|---|
| 280 | /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
|
|---|
| 281 | return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
|
|---|
| 282 | }
|
|---|
| 283 |
|
|---|
| 284 | char *
|
|---|
| 285 | bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex)
|
|---|
| 286 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 287 | unsigned int shindex;
|
|---|
| 288 | {
|
|---|
| 289 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
|---|
| 290 | char *shstrtab = NULL;
|
|---|
| 291 | unsigned int offset;
|
|---|
| 292 | unsigned int shstrtabsize;
|
|---|
| 293 |
|
|---|
| 294 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 295 | if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
|
|---|
| 296 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 297 |
|
|---|
| 298 | shstrtab = (char *) i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
|
|---|
| 299 | if (shstrtab == NULL)
|
|---|
| 300 | {
|
|---|
| 301 | /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
|
|---|
| 302 | offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
|
|---|
| 303 | shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
|
|---|
| 304 | shstrtab = elf_read (abfd, offset, shstrtabsize);
|
|---|
| 305 | i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = (PTR) shstrtab;
|
|---|
| 306 | }
|
|---|
| 307 | return shstrtab;
|
|---|
| 308 | }
|
|---|
| 309 |
|
|---|
| 310 | char *
|
|---|
| 311 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, strindex)
|
|---|
| 312 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 313 | unsigned int shindex;
|
|---|
| 314 | unsigned int strindex;
|
|---|
| 315 | {
|
|---|
| 316 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 317 |
|
|---|
| 318 | if (strindex == 0)
|
|---|
| 319 | return "";
|
|---|
| 320 |
|
|---|
| 321 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
|
|---|
| 322 |
|
|---|
| 323 | if (hdr->contents == NULL
|
|---|
| 324 | && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
|
|---|
| 325 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 326 |
|
|---|
| 327 | if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
|
|---|
| 328 | {
|
|---|
| 329 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 330 | (_("%s: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
|
|---|
| 331 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
|
|---|
| 332 | ((shindex == elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx
|
|---|
| 333 | && strindex == hdr->sh_name)
|
|---|
| 334 | ? ".shstrtab"
|
|---|
| 335 | : elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name)));
|
|---|
| 336 | return "";
|
|---|
| 337 | }
|
|---|
| 338 |
|
|---|
| 339 | return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
|
|---|
| 340 | }
|
|---|
| 341 |
|
|---|
| 342 | /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
|
|---|
| 343 | BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
|
|---|
| 344 |
|
|---|
| 345 | boolean
|
|---|
| 346 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)
|
|---|
| 347 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 348 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 349 | const char *name;
|
|---|
| 350 | {
|
|---|
| 351 | asection *newsect;
|
|---|
| 352 | flagword flags;
|
|---|
| 353 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|---|
| 354 |
|
|---|
| 355 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
|---|
| 356 | {
|
|---|
| 357 | BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
|
|---|
| 358 | bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
|
|---|
| 359 | return true;
|
|---|
| 360 | }
|
|---|
| 361 |
|
|---|
| 362 | newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 363 | if (newsect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 364 | return false;
|
|---|
| 365 |
|
|---|
| 366 | newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
|
|---|
| 367 |
|
|---|
| 368 | if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
|
|---|
| 369 | || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
|
|---|
| 370 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
|
|---|
| 371 | bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
|
|---|
| 372 | return false;
|
|---|
| 373 |
|
|---|
| 374 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
|
|---|
| 375 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|---|
| 376 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 377 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 378 | {
|
|---|
| 379 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
|---|
| 380 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|---|
| 381 | flags |= SEC_LOAD;
|
|---|
| 382 | }
|
|---|
| 383 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
|
|---|
| 384 | flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
|---|
| 385 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
|
|---|
| 386 | flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
|---|
| 387 | else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 388 | flags |= SEC_DATA;
|
|---|
| 389 |
|
|---|
| 390 | /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, not
|
|---|
| 391 | any sort of flag. */
|
|---|
| 392 | {
|
|---|
| 393 | static const char *debug_sec_names [] =
|
|---|
| 394 | {
|
|---|
| 395 | ".debug",
|
|---|
| 396 | ".gnu.linkonce.wi.",
|
|---|
| 397 | ".line",
|
|---|
| 398 | ".stab"
|
|---|
| 399 | };
|
|---|
| 400 | int i;
|
|---|
| 401 |
|
|---|
| 402 | for (i = sizeof (debug_sec_names) / sizeof (debug_sec_names[0]); i--;)
|
|---|
| 403 | if (strncmp (name, debug_sec_names[i], strlen (debug_sec_names[i])) == 0)
|
|---|
| 404 | break;
|
|---|
| 405 |
|
|---|
| 406 | if (i >= 0)
|
|---|
| 407 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
|
|---|
| 408 | }
|
|---|
| 409 |
|
|---|
| 410 | /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
|
|---|
| 411 | only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
|
|---|
| 412 | g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
|
|---|
| 413 | The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
|
|---|
| 414 | are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
|
|---|
| 415 | all but one of the sections. */
|
|---|
| 416 | if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
|
|---|
| 417 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
|
|---|
| 418 |
|
|---|
| 419 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 420 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
|
|---|
| 421 | if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
|
|---|
| 422 | return false;
|
|---|
| 423 |
|
|---|
| 424 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
|
|---|
| 425 | return false;
|
|---|
| 426 |
|
|---|
| 427 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 428 | {
|
|---|
| 429 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
|
|---|
| 430 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 431 |
|
|---|
| 432 | /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
|
|---|
| 433 | If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
|
|---|
| 434 | some ELF linkers produce such output. */
|
|---|
| 435 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
|---|
| 436 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
|
|---|
| 437 | {
|
|---|
| 438 | if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
|
|---|
| 439 | break;
|
|---|
| 440 | }
|
|---|
| 441 | if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
|
|---|
| 442 | {
|
|---|
| 443 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
|---|
| 444 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
|
|---|
| 445 | {
|
|---|
| 446 | if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|---|
| 447 | && phdr->p_vaddr != phdr->p_paddr
|
|---|
| 448 | && phdr->p_vaddr <= hdr->sh_addr
|
|---|
| 449 | && (phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz
|
|---|
| 450 | >= hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size)
|
|---|
| 451 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
|
|---|
| 452 | || (phdr->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset
|
|---|
| 453 | && (phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz
|
|---|
| 454 | >= hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size))))
|
|---|
| 455 | {
|
|---|
| 456 | newsect->lma += phdr->p_paddr - phdr->p_vaddr;
|
|---|
| 457 | break;
|
|---|
| 458 | }
|
|---|
| 459 | }
|
|---|
| 460 | }
|
|---|
| 461 | }
|
|---|
| 462 |
|
|---|
| 463 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
|
|---|
| 464 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 465 |
|
|---|
| 466 | return true;
|
|---|
| 467 | }
|
|---|
| 468 |
|
|---|
| 469 | /*
|
|---|
| 470 | INTERNAL_FUNCTION
|
|---|
| 471 | bfd_elf_find_section
|
|---|
| 472 |
|
|---|
| 473 | SYNOPSIS
|
|---|
| 474 | struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
|
|---|
| 475 |
|
|---|
| 476 | DESCRIPTION
|
|---|
| 477 | Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
|
|---|
| 478 | Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
|
|---|
| 479 | internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
|
|---|
| 480 | isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
|
|---|
| 481 | mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
|
|---|
| 482 | */
|
|---|
| 483 |
|
|---|
| 484 | struct elf_internal_shdr *
|
|---|
| 485 | bfd_elf_find_section (abfd, name)
|
|---|
| 486 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 487 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 488 | {
|
|---|
| 489 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
|---|
| 490 | char *shstrtab;
|
|---|
| 491 | unsigned int max;
|
|---|
| 492 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 493 |
|
|---|
| 494 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 495 | if (i_shdrp != NULL)
|
|---|
| 496 | {
|
|---|
| 497 | shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section
|
|---|
| 498 | (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
|
|---|
| 499 | if (shstrtab != NULL)
|
|---|
| 500 | {
|
|---|
| 501 | max = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
|
|---|
| 502 | for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
|
|---|
| 503 | if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
|
|---|
| 504 | return i_shdrp[i];
|
|---|
| 505 | }
|
|---|
| 506 | }
|
|---|
| 507 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 508 | }
|
|---|
| 509 |
|
|---|
| 510 | const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
|
|---|
| 511 | "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
|
|---|
| 512 | "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
|
|---|
| 513 | "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
|
|---|
| 514 | };
|
|---|
| 515 |
|
|---|
| 516 | /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocateable
|
|---|
| 517 | output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
|
|---|
| 518 | has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
|
|---|
| 519 | be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
|
|---|
| 520 | change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
|
|---|
| 521 | all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
|
|---|
| 522 | into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
|
|---|
| 523 | function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
|
|---|
| 524 | relocateable output against an external symbol. */
|
|---|
| 525 |
|
|---|
| 526 | bfd_reloc_status_type
|
|---|
| 527 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd,
|
|---|
| 528 | reloc_entry,
|
|---|
| 529 | symbol,
|
|---|
| 530 | data,
|
|---|
| 531 | input_section,
|
|---|
| 532 | output_bfd,
|
|---|
| 533 | error_message)
|
|---|
| 534 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 535 | arelent *reloc_entry;
|
|---|
| 536 | asymbol *symbol;
|
|---|
| 537 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 538 | asection *input_section;
|
|---|
| 539 | bfd *output_bfd;
|
|---|
| 540 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 541 | {
|
|---|
| 542 | if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL
|
|---|
| 543 | && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
|
|---|
| 544 | && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
|
|---|
| 545 | || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
|
|---|
| 546 | {
|
|---|
| 547 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
|---|
| 548 | return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
|---|
| 549 | }
|
|---|
| 550 |
|
|---|
| 551 | return bfd_reloc_continue;
|
|---|
| 552 | }
|
|---|
| 553 | |
|---|
| 554 |
|
|---|
| 555 | /* Print out the program headers. */
|
|---|
| 556 |
|
|---|
| 557 | boolean
|
|---|
| 558 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, farg)
|
|---|
| 559 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 560 | PTR farg;
|
|---|
| 561 | {
|
|---|
| 562 | FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
|
|---|
| 563 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
|
|---|
| 564 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 565 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
|
|---|
| 566 |
|
|---|
| 567 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
|---|
| 568 | if (p != NULL)
|
|---|
| 569 | {
|
|---|
| 570 | unsigned int i, c;
|
|---|
| 571 |
|
|---|
| 572 | fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
|
|---|
| 573 | c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
|
|---|
| 574 | for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
|
|---|
| 575 | {
|
|---|
| 576 | const char *s;
|
|---|
| 577 | char buf[20];
|
|---|
| 578 |
|
|---|
| 579 | switch (p->p_type)
|
|---|
| 580 | {
|
|---|
| 581 | case PT_NULL: s = "NULL"; break;
|
|---|
| 582 | case PT_LOAD: s = "LOAD"; break;
|
|---|
| 583 | case PT_DYNAMIC: s = "DYNAMIC"; break;
|
|---|
| 584 | case PT_INTERP: s = "INTERP"; break;
|
|---|
| 585 | case PT_NOTE: s = "NOTE"; break;
|
|---|
| 586 | case PT_SHLIB: s = "SHLIB"; break;
|
|---|
| 587 | case PT_PHDR: s = "PHDR"; break;
|
|---|
| 588 | default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); s = buf; break;
|
|---|
| 589 | }
|
|---|
| 590 | fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", s);
|
|---|
| 591 | fprintf_vma (f, p->p_offset);
|
|---|
| 592 | fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
|
|---|
| 593 | fprintf_vma (f, p->p_vaddr);
|
|---|
| 594 | fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
|
|---|
| 595 | fprintf_vma (f, p->p_paddr);
|
|---|
| 596 | fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
|
|---|
| 597 | fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
|
|---|
| 598 | fprintf_vma (f, p->p_filesz);
|
|---|
| 599 | fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
|
|---|
| 600 | fprintf_vma (f, p->p_memsz);
|
|---|
| 601 | fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
|
|---|
| 602 | (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
|
|---|
| 603 | (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
|
|---|
| 604 | (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
|
|---|
| 605 | if ((p->p_flags &~ (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
|
|---|
| 606 | fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
|
|---|
| 607 | fprintf (f, "\n");
|
|---|
| 608 | }
|
|---|
| 609 | }
|
|---|
| 610 |
|
|---|
| 611 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
|---|
| 612 | if (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 613 | {
|
|---|
| 614 | int elfsec;
|
|---|
| 615 | unsigned long link;
|
|---|
| 616 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
|
|---|
| 617 | size_t extdynsize;
|
|---|
| 618 | void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *));
|
|---|
| 619 |
|
|---|
| 620 | fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
|
|---|
| 621 |
|
|---|
| 622 | dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size);
|
|---|
| 623 | if (dynbuf == NULL)
|
|---|
| 624 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 625 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0,
|
|---|
| 626 | s->_raw_size))
|
|---|
| 627 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 628 |
|
|---|
| 629 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
|
|---|
| 630 | if (elfsec == -1)
|
|---|
| 631 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 632 | link = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
|
|---|
| 633 |
|
|---|
| 634 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
|---|
| 635 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
|
|---|
| 636 |
|
|---|
| 637 | extdyn = dynbuf;
|
|---|
| 638 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 639 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
|
|---|
| 640 | {
|
|---|
| 641 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
|---|
| 642 | const char *name;
|
|---|
| 643 | char ab[20];
|
|---|
| 644 | boolean stringp;
|
|---|
| 645 |
|
|---|
| 646 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn);
|
|---|
| 647 |
|
|---|
| 648 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
|
|---|
| 649 | break;
|
|---|
| 650 |
|
|---|
| 651 | stringp = false;
|
|---|
| 652 | switch (dyn.d_tag)
|
|---|
| 653 | {
|
|---|
| 654 | default:
|
|---|
| 655 | sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
|
|---|
| 656 | name = ab;
|
|---|
| 657 | break;
|
|---|
| 658 |
|
|---|
| 659 | case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = true; break;
|
|---|
| 660 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 661 | case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
|
|---|
| 662 | case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
|
|---|
| 663 | case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
|
|---|
| 664 | case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
|
|---|
| 665 | case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
|
|---|
| 666 | case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 667 | case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
|
|---|
| 668 | case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 669 | case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
|
|---|
| 670 | case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
|
|---|
| 671 | case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
|
|---|
| 672 | case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = true; break;
|
|---|
| 673 | case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = true; break;
|
|---|
| 674 | case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
|
|---|
| 675 | case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
|
|---|
| 676 | case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 677 | case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
|
|---|
| 678 | case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
|
|---|
| 679 | case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
|
|---|
| 680 | case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
|
|---|
| 681 | case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
|
|---|
| 682 | case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
|
|---|
| 683 | case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
|
|---|
| 684 | case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
|
|---|
| 685 | case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 686 | case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 687 | case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = true; break;
|
|---|
| 688 | case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
|
|---|
| 689 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
|
|---|
| 690 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 691 | case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
|
|---|
| 692 | case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 693 | case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
|
|---|
| 694 | case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 695 | case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
|
|---|
| 696 | case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
|
|---|
| 697 | case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 698 | case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
|
|---|
| 699 | case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = true; break;
|
|---|
| 700 | case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = true; break;
|
|---|
| 701 | case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = true; break;
|
|---|
| 702 | case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
|
|---|
| 703 | case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
|
|---|
| 704 | case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
|
|---|
| 705 | case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
|
|---|
| 706 | case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
|
|---|
| 707 | case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
|
|---|
| 708 | case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
|
|---|
| 709 | case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
|
|---|
| 710 | case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
|
|---|
| 711 | case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
|
|---|
| 712 | case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
|
|---|
| 713 | case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = true; break;
|
|---|
| 714 | case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
|
|---|
| 715 | case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = true; break;
|
|---|
| 716 | }
|
|---|
| 717 |
|
|---|
| 718 | fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
|
|---|
| 719 | if (! stringp)
|
|---|
| 720 | fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
|
|---|
| 721 | else
|
|---|
| 722 | {
|
|---|
| 723 | const char *string;
|
|---|
| 724 |
|
|---|
| 725 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, link,
|
|---|
| 726 | dyn.d_un.d_val);
|
|---|
| 727 | if (string == NULL)
|
|---|
| 728 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 729 | fprintf (f, "%s", string);
|
|---|
| 730 | }
|
|---|
| 731 | fprintf (f, "\n");
|
|---|
| 732 | }
|
|---|
| 733 |
|
|---|
| 734 | free (dynbuf);
|
|---|
| 735 | dynbuf = NULL;
|
|---|
| 736 | }
|
|---|
| 737 |
|
|---|
| 738 | if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
|
|---|
| 739 | || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
|
|---|
| 740 | {
|
|---|
| 741 | if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd))
|
|---|
| 742 | return false;
|
|---|
| 743 | }
|
|---|
| 744 |
|
|---|
| 745 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
|
|---|
| 746 | {
|
|---|
| 747 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
|
|---|
| 748 |
|
|---|
| 749 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
|
|---|
| 750 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
|
|---|
| 751 | {
|
|---|
| 752 | fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
|
|---|
| 753 | t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, t->vd_nodename);
|
|---|
| 754 | if (t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
|
|---|
| 755 | {
|
|---|
| 756 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
|
|---|
| 757 |
|
|---|
| 758 | fprintf (f, "\t");
|
|---|
| 759 | for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
|
|---|
| 760 | a != NULL;
|
|---|
| 761 | a = a->vda_nextptr)
|
|---|
| 762 | fprintf (f, "%s ", a->vda_nodename);
|
|---|
| 763 | fprintf (f, "\n");
|
|---|
| 764 | }
|
|---|
| 765 | }
|
|---|
| 766 | }
|
|---|
| 767 |
|
|---|
| 768 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
|
|---|
| 769 | {
|
|---|
| 770 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
|
|---|
| 771 |
|
|---|
| 772 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
|
|---|
| 773 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
|
|---|
| 774 | {
|
|---|
| 775 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
|
|---|
| 776 |
|
|---|
| 777 | fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), t->vn_filename);
|
|---|
| 778 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
|
|---|
| 779 | fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
|
|---|
| 780 | a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, a->vna_nodename);
|
|---|
| 781 | }
|
|---|
| 782 | }
|
|---|
| 783 |
|
|---|
| 784 | return true;
|
|---|
| 785 |
|
|---|
| 786 | error_return:
|
|---|
| 787 | if (dynbuf != NULL)
|
|---|
| 788 | free (dynbuf);
|
|---|
| 789 | return false;
|
|---|
| 790 | }
|
|---|
| 791 |
|
|---|
| 792 | /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
|
|---|
| 793 |
|
|---|
| 794 | void
|
|---|
| 795 | bfd_elf_print_symbol (abfd, filep, symbol, how)
|
|---|
| 796 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 797 | PTR filep;
|
|---|
| 798 | asymbol *symbol;
|
|---|
| 799 | bfd_print_symbol_type how;
|
|---|
| 800 | {
|
|---|
| 801 | FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
|
|---|
| 802 | switch (how)
|
|---|
| 803 | {
|
|---|
| 804 | case bfd_print_symbol_name:
|
|---|
| 805 | fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
|
|---|
| 806 | break;
|
|---|
| 807 | case bfd_print_symbol_more:
|
|---|
| 808 | fprintf (file, "elf ");
|
|---|
| 809 | fprintf_vma (file, symbol->value);
|
|---|
| 810 | fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
|
|---|
| 811 | break;
|
|---|
| 812 | case bfd_print_symbol_all:
|
|---|
| 813 | {
|
|---|
| 814 | const char *section_name;
|
|---|
| 815 | const char *name = NULL;
|
|---|
| 816 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|---|
| 817 | unsigned char st_other;
|
|---|
| 818 |
|
|---|
| 819 | section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
|
|---|
| 820 |
|
|---|
| 821 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 822 | if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
|
|---|
| 823 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
|
|---|
| 824 |
|
|---|
| 825 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 826 | {
|
|---|
| 827 | name = symbol->name;
|
|---|
| 828 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf ((PTR) file, symbol);
|
|---|
| 829 | }
|
|---|
| 830 |
|
|---|
| 831 | fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
|
|---|
| 832 | /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
|
|---|
| 833 | we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
|
|---|
| 834 | For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
|
|---|
| 835 | we've printed the address; now print the size. */
|
|---|
| 836 | fprintf_vma (file,
|
|---|
| 837 | (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)
|
|---|
| 838 | ? ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value
|
|---|
| 839 | : ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size));
|
|---|
| 840 |
|
|---|
| 841 | /* If we have version information, print it. */
|
|---|
| 842 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
|
|---|
| 843 | && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
|
|---|
| 844 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
|
|---|
| 845 | {
|
|---|
| 846 | unsigned int vernum;
|
|---|
| 847 | const char *version_string;
|
|---|
| 848 |
|
|---|
| 849 | vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
|
|---|
| 850 |
|
|---|
| 851 | if (vernum == 0)
|
|---|
| 852 | version_string = "";
|
|---|
| 853 | else if (vernum == 1)
|
|---|
| 854 | version_string = "Base";
|
|---|
| 855 | else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
|
|---|
| 856 | version_string =
|
|---|
| 857 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
|
|---|
| 858 | else
|
|---|
| 859 | {
|
|---|
| 860 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
|
|---|
| 861 |
|
|---|
| 862 | version_string = "";
|
|---|
| 863 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
|
|---|
| 864 | t != NULL;
|
|---|
| 865 | t = t->vn_nextref)
|
|---|
| 866 | {
|
|---|
| 867 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
|
|---|
| 868 |
|
|---|
| 869 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
|
|---|
| 870 | {
|
|---|
| 871 | if (a->vna_other == vernum)
|
|---|
| 872 | {
|
|---|
| 873 | version_string = a->vna_nodename;
|
|---|
| 874 | break;
|
|---|
| 875 | }
|
|---|
| 876 | }
|
|---|
| 877 | }
|
|---|
| 878 | }
|
|---|
| 879 |
|
|---|
| 880 | if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
|
|---|
| 881 | fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
|
|---|
| 882 | else
|
|---|
| 883 | {
|
|---|
| 884 | int i;
|
|---|
| 885 |
|
|---|
| 886 | fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
|
|---|
| 887 | for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
|
|---|
| 888 | putc (' ', file);
|
|---|
| 889 | }
|
|---|
| 890 | }
|
|---|
| 891 |
|
|---|
| 892 | /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
|
|---|
| 893 | st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
|
|---|
| 894 |
|
|---|
| 895 | switch (st_other)
|
|---|
| 896 | {
|
|---|
| 897 | case 0: break;
|
|---|
| 898 | case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
|
|---|
| 899 | case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
|
|---|
| 900 | case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
|
|---|
| 901 | default:
|
|---|
| 902 | /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
|
|---|
| 903 | everything hex. */
|
|---|
| 904 | fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
|
|---|
| 905 | }
|
|---|
| 906 |
|
|---|
| 907 | fprintf (file, " %s", name);
|
|---|
| 908 | }
|
|---|
| 909 | break;
|
|---|
| 910 | }
|
|---|
| 911 | }
|
|---|
| 912 | |
|---|
| 913 |
|
|---|
| 914 | /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
|
|---|
| 915 |
|
|---|
| 916 | struct bfd_hash_entry *
|
|---|
| 917 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
|
|---|
| 918 | struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
|
|---|
| 919 | struct bfd_hash_table *table;
|
|---|
| 920 | const char *string;
|
|---|
| 921 | {
|
|---|
| 922 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
|
|---|
| 923 |
|
|---|
| 924 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
|
|---|
| 925 | subclass. */
|
|---|
| 926 | if (ret == (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
|
|---|
| 927 | ret = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
|
|---|
| 928 | bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)));
|
|---|
| 929 | if (ret == (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
|
|---|
| 930 | return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
|
|---|
| 931 |
|
|---|
| 932 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
|
|---|
| 933 | ret = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
|
|---|
| 934 | _bfd_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
|
|---|
| 935 | table, string));
|
|---|
| 936 | if (ret != (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
|
|---|
| 937 | {
|
|---|
| 938 | /* Set local fields. */
|
|---|
| 939 | ret->indx = -1;
|
|---|
| 940 | ret->size = 0;
|
|---|
| 941 | ret->dynindx = -1;
|
|---|
| 942 | ret->dynstr_index = 0;
|
|---|
| 943 | ret->weakdef = NULL;
|
|---|
| 944 | ret->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
|---|
| 945 | ret->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
|---|
| 946 | ret->linker_section_pointer = (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *)0;
|
|---|
| 947 | ret->verinfo.verdef = NULL;
|
|---|
| 948 | ret->vtable_entries_used = NULL;
|
|---|
| 949 | ret->vtable_entries_size = 0;
|
|---|
| 950 | ret->vtable_parent = NULL;
|
|---|
| 951 | ret->type = STT_NOTYPE;
|
|---|
| 952 | ret->other = 0;
|
|---|
| 953 | /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
|
|---|
| 954 | This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
|
|---|
| 955 | file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
|
|---|
| 956 | reader will have the flag set correctly. */
|
|---|
| 957 | ret->elf_link_hash_flags = ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
|
|---|
| 958 | }
|
|---|
| 959 |
|
|---|
| 960 | return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
|
|---|
| 961 | }
|
|---|
| 962 |
|
|---|
| 963 | /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
|
|---|
| 964 | old indirect symbol. */
|
|---|
| 965 |
|
|---|
| 966 | void
|
|---|
| 967 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (dir, ind)
|
|---|
| 968 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, *ind;
|
|---|
| 969 | {
|
|---|
| 970 | /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
|
|---|
| 971 | symbol which just became indirect. */
|
|---|
| 972 |
|
|---|
| 973 | dir->elf_link_hash_flags |=
|
|---|
| 974 | (ind->elf_link_hash_flags
|
|---|
| 975 | & (ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
|
|---|
| 976 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
|
|---|
| 977 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR_NONWEAK
|
|---|
| 978 | | ELF_LINK_NON_GOT_REF));
|
|---|
| 979 |
|
|---|
| 980 | /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table offset entries.
|
|---|
| 981 | These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
|
|---|
| 982 | if (dir->got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
|
|---|
| 983 | {
|
|---|
| 984 | dir->got.offset = ind->got.offset;
|
|---|
| 985 | ind->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
|---|
| 986 | }
|
|---|
| 987 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
|
|---|
| 988 |
|
|---|
| 989 | if (dir->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
|
|---|
| 990 | {
|
|---|
| 991 | dir->plt.offset = ind->plt.offset;
|
|---|
| 992 | ind->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
|---|
| 993 | }
|
|---|
| 994 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
|
|---|
| 995 |
|
|---|
| 996 | if (dir->dynindx == -1)
|
|---|
| 997 | {
|
|---|
| 998 | dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx;
|
|---|
| 999 | dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index;
|
|---|
| 1000 | ind->dynindx = -1;
|
|---|
| 1001 | ind->dynstr_index = 0;
|
|---|
| 1002 | }
|
|---|
| 1003 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->dynindx == -1);
|
|---|
| 1004 | }
|
|---|
| 1005 |
|
|---|
| 1006 | void
|
|---|
| 1007 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h)
|
|---|
| 1008 | struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 1009 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
|---|
| 1010 | {
|
|---|
| 1011 | h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
|
|---|
| 1012 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
|---|
| 1013 | if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0)
|
|---|
| 1014 | h->dynindx = -1;
|
|---|
| 1015 | }
|
|---|
| 1016 |
|
|---|
| 1017 | /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
|
|---|
| 1018 |
|
|---|
| 1019 | boolean
|
|---|
| 1020 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (table, abfd, newfunc)
|
|---|
| 1021 | struct elf_link_hash_table *table;
|
|---|
| 1022 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1023 | struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *,
|
|---|
| 1024 | struct bfd_hash_table *,
|
|---|
| 1025 | const char *));
|
|---|
| 1026 | {
|
|---|
| 1027 | table->dynamic_sections_created = false;
|
|---|
| 1028 | table->dynobj = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1029 | /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
|
|---|
| 1030 | table->dynsymcount = 1;
|
|---|
| 1031 | table->dynstr = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1032 | table->bucketcount = 0;
|
|---|
| 1033 | table->needed = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1034 | table->runpath = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1035 | table->hgot = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1036 | table->stab_info = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1037 | table->dynlocal = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1038 | return _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc);
|
|---|
| 1039 | }
|
|---|
| 1040 |
|
|---|
| 1041 | /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
|
|---|
| 1042 |
|
|---|
| 1043 | struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
|---|
| 1044 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
|
|---|
| 1045 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1046 | {
|
|---|
| 1047 | struct elf_link_hash_table *ret;
|
|---|
| 1048 |
|
|---|
| 1049 | ret = ((struct elf_link_hash_table *)
|
|---|
| 1050 | bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table)));
|
|---|
| 1051 | if (ret == (struct elf_link_hash_table *) NULL)
|
|---|
| 1052 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 1053 |
|
|---|
| 1054 | if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
|
|---|
| 1055 | {
|
|---|
| 1056 | bfd_release (abfd, ret);
|
|---|
| 1057 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 1058 | }
|
|---|
| 1059 |
|
|---|
| 1060 | return &ret->root;
|
|---|
| 1061 | }
|
|---|
| 1062 |
|
|---|
| 1063 | /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
|
|---|
| 1064 | tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
|
|---|
| 1065 | entry for a dynamic object. The generic linker passes name as an
|
|---|
| 1066 | empty string to indicate that no DT_NEEDED entry should be made. */
|
|---|
| 1067 |
|
|---|
| 1068 | void
|
|---|
| 1069 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (abfd, name)
|
|---|
| 1070 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1071 | const char *name;
|
|---|
| 1072 | {
|
|---|
| 1073 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 1074 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
|---|
| 1075 | elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
|
|---|
| 1076 | }
|
|---|
| 1077 |
|
|---|
| 1078 | void
|
|---|
| 1079 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_soname (abfd, name)
|
|---|
| 1080 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1081 | const char *name;
|
|---|
| 1082 | {
|
|---|
| 1083 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 1084 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
|---|
| 1085 | elf_dt_soname (abfd) = name;
|
|---|
| 1086 | }
|
|---|
| 1087 |
|
|---|
| 1088 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
|
|---|
| 1089 | the linker ELF emulation code. */
|
|---|
| 1090 |
|
|---|
| 1091 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *
|
|---|
| 1092 | bfd_elf_get_needed_list (abfd, info)
|
|---|
| 1093 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 1094 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
|---|
| 1095 | {
|
|---|
| 1096 | if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|---|
| 1097 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 1098 | return elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
|
|---|
| 1099 | }
|
|---|
| 1100 |
|
|---|
| 1101 | /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
|
|---|
| 1102 | hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
|
|---|
| 1103 |
|
|---|
| 1104 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *
|
|---|
| 1105 | bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (abfd, info)
|
|---|
| 1106 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 1107 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
|---|
| 1108 | {
|
|---|
| 1109 | if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|---|
| 1110 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 1111 | return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath;
|
|---|
| 1112 | }
|
|---|
| 1113 |
|
|---|
| 1114 | /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
|
|---|
| 1115 | is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
|
|---|
| 1116 | passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
|
|---|
| 1117 |
|
|---|
| 1118 | const char *
|
|---|
| 1119 | bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd)
|
|---|
| 1120 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1121 | {
|
|---|
| 1122 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 1123 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
|---|
| 1124 | return elf_dt_name (abfd);
|
|---|
| 1125 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 1126 | }
|
|---|
| 1127 |
|
|---|
| 1128 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
|
|---|
| 1129 | the ELF linker emulation code. */
|
|---|
| 1130 |
|
|---|
| 1131 | boolean
|
|---|
| 1132 | bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (abfd, pneeded)
|
|---|
| 1133 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1134 | struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded;
|
|---|
| 1135 | {
|
|---|
| 1136 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 1137 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1138 | int elfsec;
|
|---|
| 1139 | unsigned long link;
|
|---|
| 1140 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
|
|---|
| 1141 | size_t extdynsize;
|
|---|
| 1142 | void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *));
|
|---|
| 1143 |
|
|---|
| 1144 | *pneeded = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1145 |
|
|---|
| 1146 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 1147 | || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
|
|---|
| 1148 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1149 |
|
|---|
| 1150 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
|---|
| 1151 | if (s == NULL || s->_raw_size == 0)
|
|---|
| 1152 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1153 |
|
|---|
| 1154 | dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size);
|
|---|
| 1155 | if (dynbuf == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1156 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 1157 |
|
|---|
| 1158 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0,
|
|---|
| 1159 | s->_raw_size))
|
|---|
| 1160 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 1161 |
|
|---|
| 1162 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
|
|---|
| 1163 | if (elfsec == -1)
|
|---|
| 1164 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 1165 |
|
|---|
| 1166 | link = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
|
|---|
| 1167 |
|
|---|
| 1168 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
|---|
| 1169 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
|
|---|
| 1170 |
|
|---|
| 1171 | extdyn = dynbuf;
|
|---|
| 1172 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 1173 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
|
|---|
| 1174 | {
|
|---|
| 1175 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
|---|
| 1176 |
|
|---|
| 1177 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn);
|
|---|
| 1178 |
|
|---|
| 1179 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
|
|---|
| 1180 | break;
|
|---|
| 1181 |
|
|---|
| 1182 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
|
|---|
| 1183 | {
|
|---|
| 1184 | const char *string;
|
|---|
| 1185 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *l;
|
|---|
| 1186 |
|
|---|
| 1187 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, link,
|
|---|
| 1188 | dyn.d_un.d_val);
|
|---|
| 1189 | if (string == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1190 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 1191 |
|
|---|
| 1192 | l = (struct bfd_link_needed_list *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof *l);
|
|---|
| 1193 | if (l == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1194 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 1195 |
|
|---|
| 1196 | l->by = abfd;
|
|---|
| 1197 | l->name = string;
|
|---|
| 1198 | l->next = *pneeded;
|
|---|
| 1199 | *pneeded = l;
|
|---|
| 1200 | }
|
|---|
| 1201 | }
|
|---|
| 1202 |
|
|---|
| 1203 | free (dynbuf);
|
|---|
| 1204 |
|
|---|
| 1205 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1206 |
|
|---|
| 1207 | error_return:
|
|---|
| 1208 | if (dynbuf != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1209 | free (dynbuf);
|
|---|
| 1210 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1211 | }
|
|---|
| 1212 | |
|---|
| 1213 |
|
|---|
| 1214 | /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
|
|---|
| 1215 |
|
|---|
| 1216 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *
|
|---|
| 1217 | _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ()
|
|---|
| 1218 | {
|
|---|
| 1219 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
|
|---|
| 1220 |
|
|---|
| 1221 | ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
|
|---|
| 1222 | if (ret != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1223 | {
|
|---|
| 1224 | bfd_size_type loc;
|
|---|
| 1225 |
|
|---|
| 1226 | loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", true, false);
|
|---|
| 1227 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
|
|---|
| 1228 | if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
|
|---|
| 1229 | {
|
|---|
| 1230 | _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
|
|---|
| 1231 | ret = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1232 | }
|
|---|
| 1233 | }
|
|---|
| 1234 | return ret;
|
|---|
| 1235 | }
|
|---|
| 1236 | |
|---|
| 1237 |
|
|---|
| 1238 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
|
|---|
| 1239 |
|
|---|
| 1240 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
|
|---|
| 1241 |
|
|---|
| 1242 | boolean
|
|---|
| 1243 | bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex)
|
|---|
| 1244 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1245 | unsigned int shindex;
|
|---|
| 1246 | {
|
|---|
| 1247 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
|
|---|
| 1248 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|---|
| 1249 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 1250 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 1251 |
|
|---|
| 1252 | name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name);
|
|---|
| 1253 |
|
|---|
| 1254 | switch (hdr->sh_type)
|
|---|
| 1255 | {
|
|---|
| 1256 | case SHT_NULL:
|
|---|
| 1257 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
|
|---|
| 1258 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1259 |
|
|---|
| 1260 | case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
|
|---|
| 1261 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
|
|---|
| 1262 | case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
|
|---|
| 1263 | case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
|
|---|
| 1264 | case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
|
|---|
| 1265 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 1266 |
|
|---|
| 1267 | case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
|
|---|
| 1268 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
|
|---|
| 1269 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1270 |
|
|---|
| 1271 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym);
|
|---|
| 1272 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
|
|---|
| 1273 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
|
|---|
| 1274 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1275 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1276 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
|
|---|
| 1277 |
|
|---|
| 1278 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
|
|---|
| 1279 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
|
|---|
| 1280 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
|
|---|
| 1281 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
|
|---|
| 1282 | set in a relocateable object file, which would confuse the
|
|---|
| 1283 | linker. */
|
|---|
| 1284 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
|
|---|
| 1285 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
|
|---|
| 1286 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
|
|---|
| 1287 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1288 |
|
|---|
| 1289 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1290 |
|
|---|
| 1291 | case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
|
|---|
| 1292 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
|
|---|
| 1293 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1294 |
|
|---|
| 1295 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym);
|
|---|
| 1296 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
|
|---|
| 1297 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
|
|---|
| 1298 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1299 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1300 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
|
|---|
| 1301 |
|
|---|
| 1302 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
|
|---|
| 1303 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
|
|---|
| 1304 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 1305 |
|
|---|
| 1306 | case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
|
|---|
| 1307 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1308 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1309 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
|
|---|
| 1310 | {
|
|---|
| 1311 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1312 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1313 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1314 | }
|
|---|
| 1315 | {
|
|---|
| 1316 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 1317 |
|
|---|
| 1318 | for (i = 1; i < ehdr->e_shnum; i++)
|
|---|
| 1319 | {
|
|---|
| 1320 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
|---|
| 1321 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
|
|---|
| 1322 | {
|
|---|
| 1323 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
|
|---|
| 1324 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1325 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
|
|---|
| 1326 | {
|
|---|
| 1327 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1328 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] =
|
|---|
| 1329 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1330 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1331 | }
|
|---|
| 1332 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
|
|---|
| 1333 | {
|
|---|
| 1334 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1335 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr =
|
|---|
| 1336 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1337 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so
|
|---|
| 1338 | that objcopy can handle it. */
|
|---|
| 1339 | break;
|
|---|
| 1340 | }
|
|---|
| 1341 | #if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now. */
|
|---|
| 1342 | hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; /* in case it moved */
|
|---|
| 1343 | /* We have a strtab for some random other section. */
|
|---|
| 1344 | newsect = (asection *) hdr2->bfd_section;
|
|---|
| 1345 | if (!newsect)
|
|---|
| 1346 | break;
|
|---|
| 1347 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
|
|---|
| 1348 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)->str_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1349 | *hdr2 = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1350 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
|
|---|
| 1351 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1352 | }
|
|---|
| 1353 | }
|
|---|
| 1354 | }
|
|---|
| 1355 |
|
|---|
| 1356 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 1357 |
|
|---|
| 1358 | case SHT_REL:
|
|---|
| 1359 | case SHT_RELA:
|
|---|
| 1360 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
|
|---|
| 1361 | {
|
|---|
| 1362 | asection *target_sect;
|
|---|
| 1363 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
|
|---|
| 1364 |
|
|---|
| 1365 | /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
|
|---|
| 1366 | if (hdr->sh_link >= ehdr->e_shnum)
|
|---|
| 1367 | {
|
|---|
| 1368 | ((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 1369 | (_("%s: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
|
|---|
| 1370 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
|
|---|
| 1371 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 1372 | }
|
|---|
| 1373 |
|
|---|
| 1374 | /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
|
|---|
| 1375 | libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
|
|---|
| 1376 | bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
|
|---|
| 1377 | reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
|
|---|
| 1378 | them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
|
|---|
| 1379 | one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
|
|---|
| 1380 | to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
|
|---|
| 1381 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
|
|---|
| 1382 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
|
|---|
| 1383 | {
|
|---|
| 1384 | int scan;
|
|---|
| 1385 | int found;
|
|---|
| 1386 |
|
|---|
| 1387 | found = 0;
|
|---|
| 1388 | for (scan = 1; scan < ehdr->e_shnum; scan++)
|
|---|
| 1389 | {
|
|---|
| 1390 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
|---|
| 1391 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
|
|---|
| 1392 | {
|
|---|
| 1393 | if (found != 0)
|
|---|
| 1394 | {
|
|---|
| 1395 | found = 0;
|
|---|
| 1396 | break;
|
|---|
| 1397 | }
|
|---|
| 1398 | found = scan;
|
|---|
| 1399 | }
|
|---|
| 1400 | }
|
|---|
| 1401 | if (found != 0)
|
|---|
| 1402 | hdr->sh_link = found;
|
|---|
| 1403 | }
|
|---|
| 1404 |
|
|---|
| 1405 | /* Get the symbol table. */
|
|---|
| 1406 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
|---|
| 1407 | && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
|
|---|
| 1408 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1409 |
|
|---|
| 1410 | /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
|
|---|
| 1411 | don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
|
|---|
| 1412 | represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
|
|---|
| 1413 | try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
|
|---|
| 1414 | can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
|
|---|
| 1415 | section. */
|
|---|
| 1416 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF)
|
|---|
| 1417 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 1418 |
|
|---|
| 1419 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
|
|---|
| 1420 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1421 | target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
|
|---|
| 1422 | if (target_sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1423 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1424 |
|
|---|
| 1425 | if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
|---|
| 1426 | || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
|
|---|
| 1427 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1428 | else
|
|---|
| 1429 | {
|
|---|
| 1430 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
|
|---|
| 1431 | hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*hdr2));
|
|---|
| 1432 | elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
|
|---|
| 1433 | }
|
|---|
| 1434 | *hdr2 = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1435 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
|
|---|
| 1436 | target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
|
|---|
| 1437 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
|
|---|
| 1438 | target_sect->relocation = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1439 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
|
|---|
| 1440 | /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
|
|---|
| 1441 | its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
|
|---|
| 1442 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
|
|---|
| 1443 | elf_section_data (target_sect)->use_rela_p
|
|---|
| 1444 | = (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA);
|
|---|
| 1445 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
|
|---|
| 1446 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1447 | }
|
|---|
| 1448 | break;
|
|---|
| 1449 |
|
|---|
| 1450 | case SHT_GNU_verdef:
|
|---|
| 1451 | elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
|
|---|
| 1452 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1453 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 1454 | break;
|
|---|
| 1455 |
|
|---|
| 1456 | case SHT_GNU_versym:
|
|---|
| 1457 | elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
|
|---|
| 1458 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1459 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 1460 | break;
|
|---|
| 1461 |
|
|---|
| 1462 | case SHT_GNU_verneed:
|
|---|
| 1463 | elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
|
|---|
| 1464 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1465 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 1466 | break;
|
|---|
| 1467 |
|
|---|
| 1468 | case SHT_SHLIB:
|
|---|
| 1469 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1470 |
|
|---|
| 1471 | default:
|
|---|
| 1472 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
|
|---|
| 1473 | {
|
|---|
| 1474 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr)
|
|---|
| 1475 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 1476 | }
|
|---|
| 1477 | break;
|
|---|
| 1478 | }
|
|---|
| 1479 |
|
|---|
| 1480 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1481 | }
|
|---|
| 1482 |
|
|---|
| 1483 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
|
|---|
| 1484 | section. */
|
|---|
| 1485 |
|
|---|
| 1486 | asection *
|
|---|
| 1487 | bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, index)
|
|---|
| 1488 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1489 | unsigned int index;
|
|---|
| 1490 | {
|
|---|
| 1491 | BFD_ASSERT (index > 0 && index < SHN_LORESERVE);
|
|---|
| 1492 | if (index >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum)
|
|---|
| 1493 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 1494 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
|
|---|
| 1495 | }
|
|---|
| 1496 |
|
|---|
| 1497 | boolean
|
|---|
| 1498 | _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec)
|
|---|
| 1499 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1500 | asection *sec;
|
|---|
| 1501 | {
|
|---|
| 1502 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
|
|---|
| 1503 |
|
|---|
| 1504 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
|
|---|
| 1505 | if (!sdata)
|
|---|
| 1506 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1507 | sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata;
|
|---|
| 1508 |
|
|---|
| 1509 | /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
|
|---|
| 1510 | sdata->use_rela_p
|
|---|
| 1511 | = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->default_use_rela_p;
|
|---|
| 1512 |
|
|---|
| 1513 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1514 | }
|
|---|
| 1515 |
|
|---|
| 1516 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
|
|---|
| 1517 |
|
|---|
| 1518 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
|
|---|
| 1519 | of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
|
|---|
| 1520 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
|
|---|
| 1521 | generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
|
|---|
| 1522 |
|
|---|
| 1523 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
|
|---|
| 1524 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
|
|---|
| 1525 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
|
|---|
| 1526 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
|
|---|
| 1527 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
|
|---|
| 1528 | of combined data+bss.
|
|---|
| 1529 |
|
|---|
| 1530 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
|
|---|
| 1531 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
|
|---|
| 1532 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
|
|---|
| 1533 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
|
|---|
| 1534 | into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
|
|---|
| 1535 |
|
|---|
| 1536 | */
|
|---|
| 1537 |
|
|---|
| 1538 | boolean
|
|---|
| 1539 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, typename)
|
|---|
| 1540 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1541 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1542 | int index;
|
|---|
| 1543 | const char *typename;
|
|---|
| 1544 | {
|
|---|
| 1545 | asection *newsect;
|
|---|
| 1546 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 1547 | char namebuf[64];
|
|---|
| 1548 | int split;
|
|---|
| 1549 |
|
|---|
| 1550 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
|
|---|
| 1551 | && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
|
|---|
| 1552 | && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
|
|---|
| 1553 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
|
|---|
| 1554 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1);
|
|---|
| 1555 | if (!name)
|
|---|
| 1556 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1557 | strcpy (name, namebuf);
|
|---|
| 1558 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 1559 | if (newsect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1560 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1561 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
|
|---|
| 1562 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
|
|---|
| 1563 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz;
|
|---|
| 1564 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
|
|---|
| 1565 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 1566 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 1567 | {
|
|---|
| 1568 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
|---|
| 1569 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
|
|---|
| 1570 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
|
|---|
| 1571 | {
|
|---|
| 1572 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
|
|---|
| 1573 | may be data. */
|
|---|
| 1574 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
|---|
| 1575 | }
|
|---|
| 1576 | }
|
|---|
| 1577 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
|
|---|
| 1578 | {
|
|---|
| 1579 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
|---|
| 1580 | }
|
|---|
| 1581 |
|
|---|
| 1582 | if (split)
|
|---|
| 1583 | {
|
|---|
| 1584 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index);
|
|---|
| 1585 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1);
|
|---|
| 1586 | if (!name)
|
|---|
| 1587 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1588 | strcpy (name, namebuf);
|
|---|
| 1589 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 1590 | if (newsect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1591 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1592 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
|
|---|
| 1593 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
|
|---|
| 1594 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
|
|---|
| 1595 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 1596 | {
|
|---|
| 1597 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
|---|
| 1598 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
|
|---|
| 1599 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
|---|
| 1600 | }
|
|---|
| 1601 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
|
|---|
| 1602 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
|---|
| 1603 | }
|
|---|
| 1604 |
|
|---|
| 1605 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1606 | }
|
|---|
| 1607 |
|
|---|
| 1608 | boolean
|
|---|
| 1609 | bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index)
|
|---|
| 1610 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1611 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1612 | int index;
|
|---|
| 1613 | {
|
|---|
| 1614 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|---|
| 1615 |
|
|---|
| 1616 | switch (hdr->p_type)
|
|---|
| 1617 | {
|
|---|
| 1618 | case PT_NULL:
|
|---|
| 1619 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
|
|---|
| 1620 |
|
|---|
| 1621 | case PT_LOAD:
|
|---|
| 1622 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
|
|---|
| 1623 |
|
|---|
| 1624 | case PT_DYNAMIC:
|
|---|
| 1625 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
|
|---|
| 1626 |
|
|---|
| 1627 | case PT_INTERP:
|
|---|
| 1628 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
|
|---|
| 1629 |
|
|---|
| 1630 | case PT_NOTE:
|
|---|
| 1631 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
|
|---|
| 1632 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1633 | if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
|
|---|
| 1634 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1635 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1636 |
|
|---|
| 1637 | case PT_SHLIB:
|
|---|
| 1638 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
|
|---|
| 1639 |
|
|---|
| 1640 | case PT_PHDR:
|
|---|
| 1641 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
|
|---|
| 1642 |
|
|---|
| 1643 | default:
|
|---|
| 1644 | /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types.
|
|---|
| 1645 | If no handler for them, default to making "segment" sections. */
|
|---|
| 1646 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 1647 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr)
|
|---|
| 1648 | return (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr) (abfd, hdr, index);
|
|---|
| 1649 | else
|
|---|
| 1650 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "segment");
|
|---|
| 1651 | }
|
|---|
| 1652 | }
|
|---|
| 1653 |
|
|---|
| 1654 | /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
|
|---|
| 1655 | relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is true, we use RELA
|
|---|
| 1656 | relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
|
|---|
| 1657 |
|
|---|
| 1658 | boolean
|
|---|
| 1659 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, rel_hdr, asect, use_rela_p)
|
|---|
| 1660 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1661 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1662 | asection *asect;
|
|---|
| 1663 | boolean use_rela_p;
|
|---|
| 1664 | {
|
|---|
| 1665 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 1666 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|---|
| 1667 |
|
|---|
| 1668 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 1669 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name));
|
|---|
| 1670 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1671 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1672 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
|
|---|
| 1673 | rel_hdr->sh_name =
|
|---|
| 1674 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
|
|---|
| 1675 | true, false);
|
|---|
| 1676 | if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
|---|
| 1677 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1678 | rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
|
|---|
| 1679 | rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
|
|---|
| 1680 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
|
|---|
| 1681 | : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
|
|---|
| 1682 | rel_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align;
|
|---|
| 1683 | rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
|---|
| 1684 | rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|---|
| 1685 | rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
|
|---|
| 1686 | rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
|
|---|
| 1687 |
|
|---|
| 1688 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1689 | }
|
|---|
| 1690 |
|
|---|
| 1691 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
|
|---|
| 1692 |
|
|---|
| 1693 | static void
|
|---|
| 1694 | elf_fake_sections (abfd, asect, failedptrarg)
|
|---|
| 1695 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1696 | asection *asect;
|
|---|
| 1697 | PTR failedptrarg;
|
|---|
| 1698 | {
|
|---|
| 1699 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 1700 | boolean *failedptr = (boolean *) failedptrarg;
|
|---|
| 1701 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1702 |
|
|---|
| 1703 | if (*failedptr)
|
|---|
| 1704 | {
|
|---|
| 1705 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
|
|---|
| 1706 | loop. */
|
|---|
| 1707 | return;
|
|---|
| 1708 | }
|
|---|
| 1709 |
|
|---|
| 1710 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1711 |
|
|---|
| 1712 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
|
|---|
| 1713 | asect->name,
|
|---|
| 1714 | true, false);
|
|---|
| 1715 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned long) -1)
|
|---|
| 1716 | {
|
|---|
| 1717 | *failedptr = true;
|
|---|
| 1718 | return;
|
|---|
| 1719 | }
|
|---|
| 1720 |
|
|---|
| 1721 | this_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
|---|
| 1722 |
|
|---|
| 1723 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
|---|
| 1724 | || asect->user_set_vma)
|
|---|
| 1725 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
|
|---|
| 1726 | else
|
|---|
| 1727 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|---|
| 1728 |
|
|---|
| 1729 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
|
|---|
| 1730 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 1731 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
|---|
| 1732 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
|
|---|
| 1733 | /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
|
|---|
| 1734 | copy_private_section_data. */
|
|---|
| 1735 |
|
|---|
| 1736 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
|
|---|
| 1737 | this_hdr->contents = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1738 |
|
|---|
| 1739 | /* FIXME: This should not be based on section names. */
|
|---|
| 1740 | if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynstr") == 0)
|
|---|
| 1741 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|---|
| 1742 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".hash") == 0)
|
|---|
| 1743 | {
|
|---|
| 1744 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_HASH;
|
|---|
| 1745 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
|
|---|
| 1746 | }
|
|---|
| 1747 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynsym") == 0)
|
|---|
| 1748 | {
|
|---|
| 1749 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNSYM;
|
|---|
| 1750 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|---|
| 1751 | }
|
|---|
| 1752 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
|
|---|
| 1753 | {
|
|---|
| 1754 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNAMIC;
|
|---|
| 1755 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
|---|
| 1756 | }
|
|---|
| 1757 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rela", 5) == 0
|
|---|
| 1758 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
|
|---|
| 1759 | {
|
|---|
| 1760 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA;
|
|---|
| 1761 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
|
|---|
| 1762 | }
|
|---|
| 1763 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rel", 4) == 0
|
|---|
| 1764 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
|
|---|
| 1765 | {
|
|---|
| 1766 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL;
|
|---|
| 1767 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
|
|---|
| 1768 | }
|
|---|
| 1769 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
|
|---|
| 1770 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOTE;
|
|---|
| 1771 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5) == 0
|
|---|
| 1772 | && strcmp (asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
|
|---|
| 1773 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|---|
| 1774 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version") == 0)
|
|---|
| 1775 | {
|
|---|
| 1776 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_versym;
|
|---|
| 1777 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
|
|---|
| 1778 | }
|
|---|
| 1779 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_d") == 0)
|
|---|
| 1780 | {
|
|---|
| 1781 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verdef;
|
|---|
| 1782 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|---|
| 1783 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
|
|---|
| 1784 | cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
|
|---|
| 1785 | zero. */
|
|---|
| 1786 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
|
|---|
| 1787 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
|
|---|
| 1788 | else
|
|---|
| 1789 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
|
|---|
| 1790 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
|
|---|
| 1791 | }
|
|---|
| 1792 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_r") == 0)
|
|---|
| 1793 | {
|
|---|
| 1794 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verneed;
|
|---|
| 1795 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|---|
| 1796 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
|
|---|
| 1797 | cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
|
|---|
| 1798 | zero. */
|
|---|
| 1799 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
|
|---|
| 1800 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
|
|---|
| 1801 | else
|
|---|
| 1802 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
|
|---|
| 1803 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
|
|---|
| 1804 | }
|
|---|
| 1805 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
|---|
| 1806 | && ((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0))
|
|---|
| 1807 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
|
|---|
| 1808 | else
|
|---|
| 1809 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
|---|
| 1810 |
|
|---|
| 1811 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 1812 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
|
|---|
| 1813 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
|---|
| 1814 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
|
|---|
| 1815 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
|---|
| 1816 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
|
|---|
| 1817 |
|
|---|
| 1818 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
|
|---|
| 1819 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections)
|
|---|
| 1820 | (*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect);
|
|---|
| 1821 |
|
|---|
| 1822 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
|
|---|
| 1823 | SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
|
|---|
| 1824 | this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
|
|---|
| 1825 | create the other. */
|
|---|
| 1826 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
|
|---|
| 1827 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
|
|---|
| 1828 | &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
|
|---|
| 1829 | asect,
|
|---|
| 1830 | elf_section_data (asect)->use_rela_p))
|
|---|
| 1831 | *failedptr = true;
|
|---|
| 1832 | }
|
|---|
| 1833 |
|
|---|
| 1834 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
|
|---|
| 1835 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
|
|---|
| 1836 | in here too, while we're at it. */
|
|---|
| 1837 |
|
|---|
| 1838 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 1839 | assign_section_numbers (abfd)
|
|---|
| 1840 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1841 | {
|
|---|
| 1842 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
|---|
| 1843 | asection *sec;
|
|---|
| 1844 | unsigned int section_number;
|
|---|
| 1845 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
|---|
| 1846 |
|
|---|
| 1847 | section_number = 1;
|
|---|
| 1848 |
|
|---|
| 1849 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
|
|---|
| 1850 | {
|
|---|
| 1851 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
|
|---|
| 1852 |
|
|---|
| 1853 | d->this_idx = section_number++;
|
|---|
| 1854 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
|
|---|
| 1855 | d->rel_idx = 0;
|
|---|
| 1856 | else
|
|---|
| 1857 | d->rel_idx = section_number++;
|
|---|
| 1858 |
|
|---|
| 1859 | if (d->rel_hdr2)
|
|---|
| 1860 | d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
|
|---|
| 1861 | else
|
|---|
| 1862 | d->rel_idx2 = 0;
|
|---|
| 1863 | }
|
|---|
| 1864 |
|
|---|
| 1865 | t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
|
|---|
| 1866 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
|
|---|
| 1867 | t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
|---|
| 1868 |
|
|---|
| 1869 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
|---|
| 1870 | {
|
|---|
| 1871 | t->symtab_section = section_number++;
|
|---|
| 1872 | t->strtab_section = section_number++;
|
|---|
| 1873 | }
|
|---|
| 1874 |
|
|---|
| 1875 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
|
|---|
| 1876 |
|
|---|
| 1877 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
|
|---|
| 1878 | indices. */
|
|---|
| 1879 | i_shdrp = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
|
|---|
| 1880 | bfd_alloc (abfd, section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)));
|
|---|
| 1881 | if (i_shdrp == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1882 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1883 |
|
|---|
| 1884 | i_shdrp[0] = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *)
|
|---|
| 1885 | bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)));
|
|---|
| 1886 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1887 | {
|
|---|
| 1888 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
|
|---|
| 1889 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1890 | }
|
|---|
| 1891 | memset (i_shdrp[0], 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
|
|---|
| 1892 |
|
|---|
| 1893 | elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
|
|---|
| 1894 |
|
|---|
| 1895 | i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1896 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
|---|
| 1897 | {
|
|---|
| 1898 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1899 | i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1900 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
|
|---|
| 1901 | }
|
|---|
| 1902 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
|
|---|
| 1903 | {
|
|---|
| 1904 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
|
|---|
| 1905 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 1906 | const char *name;
|
|---|
| 1907 |
|
|---|
| 1908 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1909 | if (d->rel_idx != 0)
|
|---|
| 1910 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1911 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
|
|---|
| 1912 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
|
|---|
| 1913 |
|
|---|
| 1914 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
|
|---|
| 1915 |
|
|---|
| 1916 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
|
|---|
| 1917 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
|
|---|
| 1918 | the relocation entries apply. */
|
|---|
| 1919 | if (d->rel_idx != 0)
|
|---|
| 1920 | {
|
|---|
| 1921 | d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
|
|---|
| 1922 | d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 1923 | }
|
|---|
| 1924 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
|
|---|
| 1925 | {
|
|---|
| 1926 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
|
|---|
| 1927 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 1928 | }
|
|---|
| 1929 |
|
|---|
| 1930 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
|
|---|
| 1931 | {
|
|---|
| 1932 | case SHT_REL:
|
|---|
| 1933 | case SHT_RELA:
|
|---|
| 1934 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
|
|---|
| 1935 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
|
|---|
| 1936 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
|
|---|
| 1937 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
|
|---|
| 1938 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
|
|---|
| 1939 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */
|
|---|
| 1940 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
|
|---|
| 1941 | if (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1942 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 1943 |
|
|---|
| 1944 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
|
|---|
| 1945 | name = sec->name;
|
|---|
| 1946 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
|
|---|
| 1947 | name += 4;
|
|---|
| 1948 | else
|
|---|
| 1949 | name += 5;
|
|---|
| 1950 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 1951 | if (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1952 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 1953 | break;
|
|---|
| 1954 |
|
|---|
| 1955 | case SHT_STRTAB:
|
|---|
| 1956 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
|
|---|
| 1957 | string section. We look for a section with the same name
|
|---|
| 1958 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
|
|---|
| 1959 | field to point to this section. */
|
|---|
| 1960 | if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
|
|---|
| 1961 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
|
|---|
| 1962 | {
|
|---|
| 1963 | size_t len;
|
|---|
| 1964 | char *alc;
|
|---|
| 1965 |
|
|---|
| 1966 | len = strlen (sec->name);
|
|---|
| 1967 | alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
|
|---|
| 1968 | if (alc == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1969 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1970 | strncpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
|
|---|
| 1971 | alc[len - 3] = '\0';
|
|---|
| 1972 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
|
|---|
| 1973 | free (alc);
|
|---|
| 1974 | if (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1975 | {
|
|---|
| 1976 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 1977 |
|
|---|
| 1978 | /* This is a .stab section. */
|
|---|
| 1979 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize =
|
|---|
| 1980 | 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
|
|---|
| 1981 | }
|
|---|
| 1982 | }
|
|---|
| 1983 | break;
|
|---|
| 1984 |
|
|---|
| 1985 | case SHT_DYNAMIC:
|
|---|
| 1986 | case SHT_DYNSYM:
|
|---|
| 1987 | case SHT_GNU_verneed:
|
|---|
| 1988 | case SHT_GNU_verdef:
|
|---|
| 1989 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
|
|---|
| 1990 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
|
|---|
| 1991 | version strings. */
|
|---|
| 1992 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
|
|---|
| 1993 | if (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1994 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 1995 | break;
|
|---|
| 1996 |
|
|---|
| 1997 | case SHT_HASH:
|
|---|
| 1998 | case SHT_GNU_versym:
|
|---|
| 1999 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
|
|---|
| 2000 | this hash table or version table is for. */
|
|---|
| 2001 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
|
|---|
| 2002 | if (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2003 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 2004 | break;
|
|---|
| 2005 | }
|
|---|
| 2006 | }
|
|---|
| 2007 |
|
|---|
| 2008 | return true;
|
|---|
| 2009 | }
|
|---|
| 2010 |
|
|---|
| 2011 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
|
|---|
| 2012 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
|
|---|
| 2013 |
|
|---|
| 2014 | static INLINE int
|
|---|
| 2015 | sym_is_global (abfd, sym)
|
|---|
| 2016 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2017 | asymbol *sym;
|
|---|
| 2018 | {
|
|---|
| 2019 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
|
|---|
| 2020 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
|
|---|
| 2021 | return ((*get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
|
|---|
| 2022 | (abfd, sym));
|
|---|
| 2023 |
|
|---|
| 2024 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
|
|---|
| 2025 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
|
|---|
| 2026 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
|
|---|
| 2027 | }
|
|---|
| 2028 |
|
|---|
| 2029 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 2030 | elf_map_symbols (abfd)
|
|---|
| 2031 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2032 | {
|
|---|
| 2033 | int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
|
|---|
| 2034 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
|
|---|
| 2035 | asymbol **sect_syms;
|
|---|
| 2036 | int num_locals = 0;
|
|---|
| 2037 | int num_globals = 0;
|
|---|
| 2038 | int num_locals2 = 0;
|
|---|
| 2039 | int num_globals2 = 0;
|
|---|
| 2040 | int max_index = 0;
|
|---|
| 2041 | int num_sections = 0;
|
|---|
| 2042 | int idx;
|
|---|
| 2043 | asection *asect;
|
|---|
| 2044 | asymbol **new_syms;
|
|---|
| 2045 | asymbol *sym;
|
|---|
| 2046 |
|
|---|
| 2047 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
|---|
| 2048 | fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
|
|---|
| 2049 | fflush (stderr);
|
|---|
| 2050 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2051 |
|
|---|
| 2052 | /* Add a section symbol for each BFD section. FIXME: Is this really
|
|---|
| 2053 | necessary? */
|
|---|
| 2054 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
|---|
| 2055 | {
|
|---|
| 2056 | if (max_index < asect->index)
|
|---|
| 2057 | max_index = asect->index;
|
|---|
| 2058 | }
|
|---|
| 2059 |
|
|---|
| 2060 | max_index++;
|
|---|
| 2061 | sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, max_index * sizeof (asymbol *));
|
|---|
| 2062 | if (sect_syms == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2063 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2064 | elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
|
|---|
| 2065 |
|
|---|
| 2066 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
|---|
| 2067 | {
|
|---|
| 2068 | sym = syms[idx];
|
|---|
| 2069 |
|
|---|
| 2070 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
|
|---|
| 2071 | && sym->value == 0)
|
|---|
| 2072 | {
|
|---|
| 2073 | asection *sec;
|
|---|
| 2074 |
|
|---|
| 2075 | sec = sym->section;
|
|---|
| 2076 |
|
|---|
| 2077 | if (sec->owner != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2078 | {
|
|---|
| 2079 | if (sec->owner != abfd)
|
|---|
| 2080 | {
|
|---|
| 2081 | if (sec->output_offset != 0)
|
|---|
| 2082 | continue;
|
|---|
| 2083 |
|
|---|
| 2084 | sec = sec->output_section;
|
|---|
| 2085 |
|
|---|
| 2086 | /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a section
|
|---|
| 2087 | symbol created for them. (See the comment near the end of
|
|---|
| 2088 | _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in linker.c). If the linker
|
|---|
| 2089 | script discards such sections then we will reach this point.
|
|---|
| 2090 | Since we know that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it
|
|---|
| 2091 | and skip the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array.
|
|---|
| 2092 | To reproduce this particular case try running the linker
|
|---|
| 2093 | testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF port that uses
|
|---|
| 2094 | the generic linker. */
|
|---|
| 2095 | if (sec->owner == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2096 | continue;
|
|---|
| 2097 |
|
|---|
| 2098 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd);
|
|---|
| 2099 | }
|
|---|
| 2100 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
|
|---|
| 2101 | }
|
|---|
| 2102 | }
|
|---|
| 2103 | }
|
|---|
| 2104 |
|
|---|
| 2105 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
|---|
| 2106 | {
|
|---|
| 2107 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2108 | continue;
|
|---|
| 2109 |
|
|---|
| 2110 | sym = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd);
|
|---|
| 2111 | if (sym == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2112 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2113 | sym->the_bfd = abfd;
|
|---|
| 2114 | sym->name = asect->name;
|
|---|
| 2115 | sym->value = 0;
|
|---|
| 2116 | /* Set the flags to 0 to indicate that this one was newly added. */
|
|---|
| 2117 | sym->flags = 0;
|
|---|
| 2118 | sym->section = asect;
|
|---|
| 2119 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
|
|---|
| 2120 | num_sections++;
|
|---|
| 2121 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
|---|
| 2122 | fprintf (stderr,
|
|---|
| 2123 | _("creating section symbol, name = %s, value = 0x%.8lx, index = %d, section = 0x%.8lx\n"),
|
|---|
| 2124 | asect->name, (long) asect->vma, asect->index, (long) asect);
|
|---|
| 2125 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2126 | }
|
|---|
| 2127 |
|
|---|
| 2128 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */
|
|---|
| 2129 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
|---|
| 2130 | {
|
|---|
| 2131 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
|
|---|
| 2132 | num_locals++;
|
|---|
| 2133 | else
|
|---|
| 2134 | num_globals++;
|
|---|
| 2135 | }
|
|---|
| 2136 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
|---|
| 2137 | {
|
|---|
| 2138 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL
|
|---|
| 2139 | && sect_syms[asect->index]->flags == 0)
|
|---|
| 2140 | {
|
|---|
| 2141 | sect_syms[asect->index]->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
|
|---|
| 2142 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sect_syms[asect->index]))
|
|---|
| 2143 | num_locals++;
|
|---|
| 2144 | else
|
|---|
| 2145 | num_globals++;
|
|---|
| 2146 | sect_syms[asect->index]->flags = 0;
|
|---|
| 2147 | }
|
|---|
| 2148 | }
|
|---|
| 2149 |
|
|---|
| 2150 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
|
|---|
| 2151 | new_syms = ((asymbol **)
|
|---|
| 2152 | bfd_alloc (abfd,
|
|---|
| 2153 | (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *)));
|
|---|
| 2154 | if (new_syms == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2155 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2156 |
|
|---|
| 2157 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
|---|
| 2158 | {
|
|---|
| 2159 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
|
|---|
| 2160 | int i;
|
|---|
| 2161 |
|
|---|
| 2162 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
|
|---|
| 2163 | i = num_locals2++;
|
|---|
| 2164 | else
|
|---|
| 2165 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
|
|---|
| 2166 | new_syms[i] = sym;
|
|---|
| 2167 | sym->udata.i = i + 1;
|
|---|
| 2168 | }
|
|---|
| 2169 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
|---|
| 2170 | {
|
|---|
| 2171 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL
|
|---|
| 2172 | && sect_syms[asect->index]->flags == 0)
|
|---|
| 2173 | {
|
|---|
| 2174 | asymbol *sym = sect_syms[asect->index];
|
|---|
| 2175 | int i;
|
|---|
| 2176 |
|
|---|
| 2177 | sym->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
|
|---|
| 2178 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
|
|---|
| 2179 | i = num_locals2++;
|
|---|
| 2180 | else
|
|---|
| 2181 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
|
|---|
| 2182 | new_syms[i] = sym;
|
|---|
| 2183 | sym->udata.i = i + 1;
|
|---|
| 2184 | }
|
|---|
| 2185 | }
|
|---|
| 2186 |
|
|---|
| 2187 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
|
|---|
| 2188 |
|
|---|
| 2189 | elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
|
|---|
| 2190 | elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
|
|---|
| 2191 | return true;
|
|---|
| 2192 | }
|
|---|
| 2193 |
|
|---|
| 2194 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
|
|---|
| 2195 | ELF data structure. */
|
|---|
| 2196 |
|
|---|
| 2197 | static INLINE file_ptr align_file_position PARAMS ((file_ptr, int));
|
|---|
| 2198 | static INLINE file_ptr
|
|---|
| 2199 | align_file_position (off, align)
|
|---|
| 2200 | file_ptr off;
|
|---|
| 2201 | int align;
|
|---|
| 2202 | {
|
|---|
| 2203 | return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
|
|---|
| 2204 | }
|
|---|
| 2205 |
|
|---|
| 2206 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
|
|---|
| 2207 | required section alignment. */
|
|---|
| 2208 |
|
|---|
| 2209 | INLINE file_ptr
|
|---|
| 2210 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, offset, align)
|
|---|
| 2211 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp;
|
|---|
| 2212 | file_ptr offset;
|
|---|
| 2213 | boolean align;
|
|---|
| 2214 | {
|
|---|
| 2215 | if (align)
|
|---|
| 2216 | {
|
|---|
| 2217 | unsigned int al;
|
|---|
| 2218 |
|
|---|
| 2219 | al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
|
|---|
| 2220 | if (al > 1)
|
|---|
| 2221 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
|
|---|
| 2222 | }
|
|---|
| 2223 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
|
|---|
| 2224 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2225 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
|
|---|
| 2226 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|---|
| 2227 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
|
|---|
| 2228 | return offset;
|
|---|
| 2229 | }
|
|---|
| 2230 |
|
|---|
| 2231 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
|
|---|
| 2232 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
|
|---|
| 2233 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
|
|---|
| 2234 |
|
|---|
| 2235 | boolean
|
|---|
| 2236 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, link_info)
|
|---|
| 2237 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2238 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
|
|---|
| 2239 | {
|
|---|
| 2240 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 2241 | boolean failed;
|
|---|
| 2242 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab;
|
|---|
| 2243 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2244 |
|
|---|
| 2245 | if (abfd->output_has_begun)
|
|---|
| 2246 | return true;
|
|---|
| 2247 |
|
|---|
| 2248 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
|
|---|
| 2249 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
|
|---|
| 2250 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
|
|---|
| 2251 |
|
|---|
| 2252 | if (! prep_headers (abfd))
|
|---|
| 2253 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2254 |
|
|---|
| 2255 | /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
|
|---|
| 2256 | if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
|
|---|
| 2257 | (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
|
|---|
| 2258 |
|
|---|
| 2259 | failed = false;
|
|---|
| 2260 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
|
|---|
| 2261 | if (failed)
|
|---|
| 2262 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2263 |
|
|---|
| 2264 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd))
|
|---|
| 2265 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2266 |
|
|---|
| 2267 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
|
|---|
| 2268 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
|---|
| 2269 | {
|
|---|
| 2270 | /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
|
|---|
| 2271 | int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
|
|---|
| 2272 |
|
|---|
| 2273 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
|
|---|
| 2274 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2275 | }
|
|---|
| 2276 |
|
|---|
| 2277 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2278 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
|
|---|
| 2279 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|---|
| 2280 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
|---|
| 2281 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|---|
| 2282 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
|---|
| 2283 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|---|
| 2284 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
|---|
| 2285 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
|
|---|
| 2286 | /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
|
|---|
| 2287 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
|
|---|
| 2288 |
|
|---|
| 2289 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd))
|
|---|
| 2290 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2291 |
|
|---|
| 2292 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
|---|
| 2293 | {
|
|---|
| 2294 | file_ptr off;
|
|---|
| 2295 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 2296 |
|
|---|
| 2297 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
|
|---|
| 2298 |
|
|---|
| 2299 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2300 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
|
|---|
| 2301 |
|
|---|
| 2302 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2303 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
|
|---|
| 2304 |
|
|---|
| 2305 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
|---|
| 2306 |
|
|---|
| 2307 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
|
|---|
| 2308 | out. */
|
|---|
| 2309 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 2310 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
|
|---|
| 2311 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2312 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
|
|---|
| 2313 | }
|
|---|
| 2314 |
|
|---|
| 2315 | abfd->output_has_begun = true;
|
|---|
| 2316 |
|
|---|
| 2317 | return true;
|
|---|
| 2318 | }
|
|---|
| 2319 |
|
|---|
| 2320 | /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
|
|---|
| 2321 |
|
|---|
| 2322 | static INLINE struct elf_segment_map *
|
|---|
| 2323 | make_mapping (abfd, sections, from, to, phdr)
|
|---|
| 2324 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2325 | asection **sections;
|
|---|
| 2326 | unsigned int from;
|
|---|
| 2327 | unsigned int to;
|
|---|
| 2328 | boolean phdr;
|
|---|
| 2329 | {
|
|---|
| 2330 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|---|
| 2331 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 2332 | asection **hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 2333 |
|
|---|
| 2334 | m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
|
|---|
| 2335 | bfd_zalloc (abfd,
|
|---|
| 2336 | (sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)
|
|---|
| 2337 | + (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *))));
|
|---|
| 2338 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2339 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 2340 | m->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 2341 | m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
|
|---|
| 2342 | for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
|
|---|
| 2343 | m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 2344 | m->count = to - from;
|
|---|
| 2345 |
|
|---|
| 2346 | if (from == 0 && phdr)
|
|---|
| 2347 | {
|
|---|
| 2348 | /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
|
|---|
| 2349 | m->includes_filehdr = 1;
|
|---|
| 2350 | m->includes_phdrs = 1;
|
|---|
| 2351 | }
|
|---|
| 2352 |
|
|---|
| 2353 | return m;
|
|---|
| 2354 | }
|
|---|
| 2355 |
|
|---|
| 2356 | /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
|
|---|
| 2357 |
|
|---|
| 2358 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 2359 | map_sections_to_segments (abfd)
|
|---|
| 2360 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2361 | {
|
|---|
| 2362 | asection **sections = NULL;
|
|---|
| 2363 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 2364 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 2365 | unsigned int count;
|
|---|
| 2366 | struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
|
|---|
| 2367 | struct elf_segment_map **pm;
|
|---|
| 2368 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|---|
| 2369 | asection *last_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2370 | unsigned int phdr_index;
|
|---|
| 2371 | bfd_vma maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 2372 | asection **hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 2373 | boolean phdr_in_segment = true;
|
|---|
| 2374 | boolean writable;
|
|---|
| 2375 | asection *dynsec;
|
|---|
| 2376 |
|
|---|
| 2377 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2378 | return true;
|
|---|
| 2379 |
|
|---|
| 2380 | if (bfd_count_sections (abfd) == 0)
|
|---|
| 2381 | return true;
|
|---|
| 2382 |
|
|---|
| 2383 | /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
|
|---|
| 2384 |
|
|---|
| 2385 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (bfd_count_sections (abfd)
|
|---|
| 2386 | * sizeof (asection *));
|
|---|
| 2387 | if (sections == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2388 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 2389 |
|
|---|
| 2390 | i = 0;
|
|---|
| 2391 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|---|
| 2392 | {
|
|---|
| 2393 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2394 | {
|
|---|
| 2395 | sections[i] = s;
|
|---|
| 2396 | ++i;
|
|---|
| 2397 | }
|
|---|
| 2398 | }
|
|---|
| 2399 | BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
|
|---|
| 2400 | count = i;
|
|---|
| 2401 |
|
|---|
| 2402 | qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
|
|---|
| 2403 |
|
|---|
| 2404 | /* Build the mapping. */
|
|---|
| 2405 |
|
|---|
| 2406 | mfirst = NULL;
|
|---|
| 2407 | pm = &mfirst;
|
|---|
| 2408 |
|
|---|
| 2409 | /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
|
|---|
| 2410 | the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
|
|---|
| 2411 | section. */
|
|---|
| 2412 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
|
|---|
| 2413 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2414 | {
|
|---|
| 2415 | m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
|
|---|
| 2416 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)));
|
|---|
| 2417 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2418 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 2419 | m->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 2420 | m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
|
|---|
| 2421 | /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
|
|---|
| 2422 | m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
|
|---|
| 2423 | m->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|---|
| 2424 | m->includes_phdrs = 1;
|
|---|
| 2425 |
|
|---|
| 2426 | *pm = m;
|
|---|
| 2427 | pm = &m->next;
|
|---|
| 2428 |
|
|---|
| 2429 | m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
|
|---|
| 2430 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)));
|
|---|
| 2431 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2432 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 2433 | m->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 2434 | m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
|
|---|
| 2435 | m->count = 1;
|
|---|
| 2436 | m->sections[0] = s;
|
|---|
| 2437 |
|
|---|
| 2438 | *pm = m;
|
|---|
| 2439 | pm = &m->next;
|
|---|
| 2440 | }
|
|---|
| 2441 |
|
|---|
| 2442 | /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
|
|---|
| 2443 | segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
|
|---|
| 2444 | a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
|
|---|
| 2445 | last_hdr = NULL;
|
|---|
| 2446 | phdr_index = 0;
|
|---|
| 2447 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 2448 | writable = false;
|
|---|
| 2449 | dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
|---|
| 2450 | if (dynsec != NULL
|
|---|
| 2451 | && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
|
|---|
| 2452 | dynsec = NULL;
|
|---|
| 2453 |
|
|---|
| 2454 | /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
|
|---|
| 2455 | is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
|
|---|
| 2456 | approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
|
|---|
| 2457 | program headers we will need. */
|
|---|
| 2458 | if (count > 0)
|
|---|
| 2459 | {
|
|---|
| 2460 | bfd_size_type phdr_size;
|
|---|
| 2461 |
|
|---|
| 2462 | phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
|---|
| 2463 | if (phdr_size == 0)
|
|---|
| 2464 | phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 2465 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
|
|---|
| 2466 | || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
|
|---|
| 2467 | || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
|
|---|
| 2468 | phdr_in_segment = false;
|
|---|
| 2469 | }
|
|---|
| 2470 |
|
|---|
| 2471 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
|
|---|
| 2472 | {
|
|---|
| 2473 | asection *hdr;
|
|---|
| 2474 | boolean new_segment;
|
|---|
| 2475 |
|
|---|
| 2476 | hdr = *hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 2477 |
|
|---|
| 2478 | /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
|
|---|
| 2479 | segment. */
|
|---|
| 2480 |
|
|---|
| 2481 | if (last_hdr == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2482 | {
|
|---|
| 2483 | /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
|
|---|
| 2484 | one (we build the last one after this loop). */
|
|---|
| 2485 | new_segment = false;
|
|---|
| 2486 | }
|
|---|
| 2487 | else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
|
|---|
| 2488 | {
|
|---|
| 2489 | /* If this section has a different relation between the
|
|---|
| 2490 | virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
|
|---|
| 2491 | segment. */
|
|---|
| 2492 | new_segment = true;
|
|---|
| 2493 | }
|
|---|
| 2494 | else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size, maxpagesize)
|
|---|
| 2495 | < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
|
|---|
| 2496 | {
|
|---|
| 2497 | /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
|
|---|
| 2498 | skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
|
|---|
| 2499 | new_segment = true;
|
|---|
| 2500 | }
|
|---|
| 2501 | else if ((last_hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
|
|---|
| 2502 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2503 | {
|
|---|
| 2504 | /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
|
|---|
| 2505 | nonloadable section in the same segment. */
|
|---|
| 2506 | new_segment = true;
|
|---|
| 2507 | }
|
|---|
| 2508 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
|
|---|
| 2509 | {
|
|---|
| 2510 | /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
|
|---|
| 2511 | don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
|
|---|
| 2512 | file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
|
|---|
| 2513 | new_segment = false;
|
|---|
| 2514 | }
|
|---|
| 2515 | else if (! writable
|
|---|
| 2516 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
|
|---|
| 2517 | && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size, maxpagesize)
|
|---|
| 2518 | == hdr->lma))
|
|---|
| 2519 | {
|
|---|
| 2520 | /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
|
|---|
| 2521 | segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
|
|---|
| 2522 | anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
|
|---|
| 2523 | bring us past the current section on the page, so the
|
|---|
| 2524 | only case in which the new section is not on the same
|
|---|
| 2525 | page as the previous section is when the previous section
|
|---|
| 2526 | ends precisely on a page boundary. */
|
|---|
| 2527 | new_segment = true;
|
|---|
| 2528 | }
|
|---|
| 2529 | else
|
|---|
| 2530 | {
|
|---|
| 2531 | /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
|
|---|
| 2532 | new_segment = false;
|
|---|
| 2533 | }
|
|---|
| 2534 |
|
|---|
| 2535 | if (! new_segment)
|
|---|
| 2536 | {
|
|---|
| 2537 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
|---|
| 2538 | writable = true;
|
|---|
| 2539 | last_hdr = hdr;
|
|---|
| 2540 | continue;
|
|---|
| 2541 | }
|
|---|
| 2542 |
|
|---|
| 2543 | /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
|
|---|
| 2544 | header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
|
|---|
| 2545 |
|
|---|
| 2546 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
|
|---|
| 2547 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2548 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 2549 |
|
|---|
| 2550 | *pm = m;
|
|---|
| 2551 | pm = &m->next;
|
|---|
| 2552 |
|
|---|
| 2553 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
|---|
| 2554 | writable = true;
|
|---|
| 2555 | else
|
|---|
| 2556 | writable = false;
|
|---|
| 2557 |
|
|---|
| 2558 | last_hdr = hdr;
|
|---|
| 2559 | phdr_index = i;
|
|---|
| 2560 | phdr_in_segment = false;
|
|---|
| 2561 | }
|
|---|
| 2562 |
|
|---|
| 2563 | /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
|
|---|
| 2564 | if (last_hdr != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2565 | {
|
|---|
| 2566 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
|
|---|
| 2567 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2568 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 2569 |
|
|---|
| 2570 | *pm = m;
|
|---|
| 2571 | pm = &m->next;
|
|---|
| 2572 | }
|
|---|
| 2573 |
|
|---|
| 2574 | /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
|
|---|
| 2575 | if (dynsec != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2576 | {
|
|---|
| 2577 | m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
|
|---|
| 2578 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)));
|
|---|
| 2579 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2580 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 2581 | m->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 2582 | m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
|
|---|
| 2583 | m->count = 1;
|
|---|
| 2584 | m->sections[0] = dynsec;
|
|---|
| 2585 |
|
|---|
| 2586 | *pm = m;
|
|---|
| 2587 | pm = &m->next;
|
|---|
| 2588 | }
|
|---|
| 2589 |
|
|---|
| 2590 | /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
|
|---|
| 2591 | use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
|
|---|
| 2592 | nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
|
|---|
| 2593 | generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
|
|---|
| 2594 | names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
|
|---|
| 2595 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|---|
| 2596 | {
|
|---|
| 2597 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
|---|
| 2598 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
|
|---|
| 2599 | {
|
|---|
| 2600 | m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
|
|---|
| 2601 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)));
|
|---|
| 2602 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2603 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 2604 | m->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 2605 | m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
|
|---|
| 2606 | m->count = 1;
|
|---|
| 2607 | m->sections[0] = s;
|
|---|
| 2608 |
|
|---|
| 2609 | *pm = m;
|
|---|
| 2610 | pm = &m->next;
|
|---|
| 2611 | }
|
|---|
| 2612 | }
|
|---|
| 2613 |
|
|---|
| 2614 | free (sections);
|
|---|
| 2615 | sections = NULL;
|
|---|
| 2616 |
|
|---|
| 2617 | elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
|
|---|
| 2618 | return true;
|
|---|
| 2619 |
|
|---|
| 2620 | error_return:
|
|---|
| 2621 | if (sections != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2622 | free (sections);
|
|---|
| 2623 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2624 | }
|
|---|
| 2625 |
|
|---|
| 2626 | /* Sort sections by address. */
|
|---|
| 2627 |
|
|---|
| 2628 | static int
|
|---|
| 2629 | elf_sort_sections (arg1, arg2)
|
|---|
| 2630 | const PTR arg1;
|
|---|
| 2631 | const PTR arg2;
|
|---|
| 2632 | {
|
|---|
| 2633 | const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
|
|---|
| 2634 | const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
|
|---|
| 2635 |
|
|---|
| 2636 | /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
|
|---|
| 2637 | place the section into a segment. */
|
|---|
| 2638 | if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
|
|---|
| 2639 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 2640 | else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
|
|---|
| 2641 | return 1;
|
|---|
| 2642 |
|
|---|
| 2643 | /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
|
|---|
| 2644 | the same, and this will do nothing. */
|
|---|
| 2645 | if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
|
|---|
| 2646 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 2647 | else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
|
|---|
| 2648 | return 1;
|
|---|
| 2649 |
|
|---|
| 2650 | /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
|
|---|
| 2651 |
|
|---|
| 2652 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
|
|---|
| 2653 |
|
|---|
| 2654 | if (TOEND (sec1))
|
|---|
| 2655 | {
|
|---|
| 2656 | if (TOEND (sec2))
|
|---|
| 2657 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
|
|---|
| 2658 | else
|
|---|
| 2659 | return 1;
|
|---|
| 2660 | }
|
|---|
| 2661 |
|
|---|
| 2662 | if (TOEND (sec2))
|
|---|
| 2663 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 2664 |
|
|---|
| 2665 | #undef TOEND
|
|---|
| 2666 |
|
|---|
| 2667 | /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections before others at the
|
|---|
| 2668 | same address. */
|
|---|
| 2669 |
|
|---|
| 2670 | if (sec1->_raw_size < sec2->_raw_size)
|
|---|
| 2671 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 2672 | if (sec1->_raw_size > sec2->_raw_size)
|
|---|
| 2673 | return 1;
|
|---|
| 2674 |
|
|---|
| 2675 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
|
|---|
| 2676 | }
|
|---|
| 2677 |
|
|---|
| 2678 | /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
|
|---|
| 2679 | sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
|
|---|
| 2680 | the file header, and writes out the program headers. */
|
|---|
| 2681 |
|
|---|
| 2682 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 2683 | assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd)
|
|---|
| 2684 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2685 | {
|
|---|
| 2686 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 2687 | unsigned int count;
|
|---|
| 2688 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|---|
| 2689 | unsigned int alloc;
|
|---|
| 2690 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
|
|---|
| 2691 | file_ptr off, voff;
|
|---|
| 2692 | bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
|
|---|
| 2693 | bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
|
|---|
| 2694 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
|
|---|
| 2695 |
|
|---|
| 2696 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2697 | {
|
|---|
| 2698 | if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd))
|
|---|
| 2699 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2700 | }
|
|---|
| 2701 |
|
|---|
| 2702 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map)
|
|---|
| 2703 | {
|
|---|
| 2704 | if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd))
|
|---|
| 2705 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2706 | }
|
|---|
| 2707 |
|
|---|
| 2708 | count = 0;
|
|---|
| 2709 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
|---|
| 2710 | ++count;
|
|---|
| 2711 |
|
|---|
| 2712 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 2713 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 2714 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = count;
|
|---|
| 2715 |
|
|---|
| 2716 | if (count == 0)
|
|---|
| 2717 | return true;
|
|---|
| 2718 |
|
|---|
| 2719 | /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure
|
|---|
| 2720 | that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS
|
|---|
| 2721 | is used in a linker script. */
|
|---|
| 2722 | alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 2723 | if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc)
|
|---|
| 2724 | {
|
|---|
| 2725 | ((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 2726 | (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"),
|
|---|
| 2727 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), alloc, count));
|
|---|
| 2728 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|---|
| 2729 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2730 | }
|
|---|
| 2731 |
|
|---|
| 2732 | if (alloc == 0)
|
|---|
| 2733 | alloc = count;
|
|---|
| 2734 |
|
|---|
| 2735 | phdrs = ((Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
|
|---|
| 2736 | bfd_alloc (abfd, alloc * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)));
|
|---|
| 2737 | if (phdrs == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2738 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2739 |
|
|---|
| 2740 | off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 2741 | off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 2742 |
|
|---|
| 2743 | filehdr_vaddr = 0;
|
|---|
| 2744 | filehdr_paddr = 0;
|
|---|
| 2745 | phdrs_vaddr = 0;
|
|---|
| 2746 | phdrs_paddr = 0;
|
|---|
| 2747 |
|
|---|
| 2748 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
|
|---|
| 2749 | m != NULL;
|
|---|
| 2750 | m = m->next, p++)
|
|---|
| 2751 | {
|
|---|
| 2752 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 2753 | asection **secpp;
|
|---|
| 2754 |
|
|---|
| 2755 | /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
|
|---|
| 2756 | sections may not be correctly ordered. */
|
|---|
| 2757 | if (m->count > 0)
|
|---|
| 2758 | qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
|
|---|
| 2759 | elf_sort_sections);
|
|---|
| 2760 |
|
|---|
| 2761 | p->p_type = m->p_type;
|
|---|
| 2762 | p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
|
|---|
| 2763 |
|
|---|
| 2764 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|---|
| 2765 | && m->count > 0
|
|---|
| 2766 | && (m->sections[0]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2767 | {
|
|---|
| 2768 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2769 | off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % bed->maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 2770 | else
|
|---|
| 2771 | {
|
|---|
| 2772 | bfd_size_type align;
|
|---|
| 2773 |
|
|---|
| 2774 | align = 0;
|
|---|
| 2775 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
|
|---|
| 2776 | {
|
|---|
| 2777 | bfd_size_type secalign;
|
|---|
| 2778 |
|
|---|
| 2779 | secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
|
|---|
| 2780 | if (secalign > align)
|
|---|
| 2781 | align = secalign;
|
|---|
| 2782 | }
|
|---|
| 2783 |
|
|---|
| 2784 | off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % (1 << align);
|
|---|
| 2785 | }
|
|---|
| 2786 | }
|
|---|
| 2787 |
|
|---|
| 2788 | if (m->count == 0)
|
|---|
| 2789 | p->p_vaddr = 0;
|
|---|
| 2790 | else
|
|---|
| 2791 | p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
|
|---|
| 2792 |
|
|---|
| 2793 | if (m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|---|
| 2794 | p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
|
|---|
| 2795 | else if (m->count == 0)
|
|---|
| 2796 | p->p_paddr = 0;
|
|---|
| 2797 | else
|
|---|
| 2798 | p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma;
|
|---|
| 2799 |
|
|---|
| 2800 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|---|
| 2801 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2802 | p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 2803 | else if (m->count == 0)
|
|---|
| 2804 | p->p_align = bed->s->file_align;
|
|---|
| 2805 | else
|
|---|
| 2806 | p->p_align = 0;
|
|---|
| 2807 |
|
|---|
| 2808 | p->p_offset = 0;
|
|---|
| 2809 | p->p_filesz = 0;
|
|---|
| 2810 | p->p_memsz = 0;
|
|---|
| 2811 |
|
|---|
| 2812 | if (m->includes_filehdr)
|
|---|
| 2813 | {
|
|---|
| 2814 | if (! m->p_flags_valid)
|
|---|
| 2815 | p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
|---|
| 2816 | p->p_offset = 0;
|
|---|
| 2817 | p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 2818 | p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 2819 | if (m->count > 0)
|
|---|
| 2820 | {
|
|---|
| 2821 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
|
|---|
| 2822 |
|
|---|
| 2823 | if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
|
|---|
| 2824 | {
|
|---|
| 2825 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
|
|---|
| 2826 | bfd_get_filename (abfd));
|
|---|
| 2827 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|---|
| 2828 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2829 | }
|
|---|
| 2830 |
|
|---|
| 2831 | p->p_vaddr -= off;
|
|---|
| 2832 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|---|
| 2833 | p->p_paddr -= off;
|
|---|
| 2834 | }
|
|---|
| 2835 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 2836 | {
|
|---|
| 2837 | filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
|
|---|
| 2838 | filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
|
|---|
| 2839 | }
|
|---|
| 2840 | }
|
|---|
| 2841 |
|
|---|
| 2842 | if (m->includes_phdrs)
|
|---|
| 2843 | {
|
|---|
| 2844 | if (! m->p_flags_valid)
|
|---|
| 2845 | p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
|---|
| 2846 |
|
|---|
| 2847 | if (m->includes_filehdr)
|
|---|
| 2848 | {
|
|---|
| 2849 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 2850 | {
|
|---|
| 2851 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 2852 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 2853 | }
|
|---|
| 2854 | }
|
|---|
| 2855 | else
|
|---|
| 2856 | {
|
|---|
| 2857 | p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 2858 |
|
|---|
| 2859 | if (m->count > 0)
|
|---|
| 2860 | {
|
|---|
| 2861 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
|
|---|
| 2862 | p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
|
|---|
| 2863 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|---|
| 2864 | p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
|
|---|
| 2865 | }
|
|---|
| 2866 |
|
|---|
| 2867 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 2868 | {
|
|---|
| 2869 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
|
|---|
| 2870 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
|
|---|
| 2871 | }
|
|---|
| 2872 | else
|
|---|
| 2873 | phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 2874 | }
|
|---|
| 2875 |
|
|---|
| 2876 | p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 2877 | p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 2878 | }
|
|---|
| 2879 |
|
|---|
| 2880 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|---|
| 2881 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
|
|---|
| 2882 | {
|
|---|
| 2883 | if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)
|
|---|
| 2884 | p->p_offset = off;
|
|---|
| 2885 | else
|
|---|
| 2886 | {
|
|---|
| 2887 | file_ptr adjust;
|
|---|
| 2888 |
|
|---|
| 2889 | adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
|
|---|
| 2890 | p->p_filesz += adjust;
|
|---|
| 2891 | p->p_memsz += adjust;
|
|---|
| 2892 | }
|
|---|
| 2893 | }
|
|---|
| 2894 |
|
|---|
| 2895 | voff = off;
|
|---|
| 2896 |
|
|---|
| 2897 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
|
|---|
| 2898 | {
|
|---|
| 2899 | asection *sec;
|
|---|
| 2900 | flagword flags;
|
|---|
| 2901 | bfd_size_type align;
|
|---|
| 2902 |
|
|---|
| 2903 | sec = *secpp;
|
|---|
| 2904 | flags = sec->flags;
|
|---|
| 2905 | align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
|
|---|
| 2906 |
|
|---|
| 2907 | /* The section may have artificial alignment forced by a
|
|---|
| 2908 | link script. Notice this case by the gap between the
|
|---|
| 2909 | cumulative phdr vma and the section's vma. */
|
|---|
| 2910 | if (p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz < sec->vma)
|
|---|
| 2911 | {
|
|---|
| 2912 | bfd_vma adjust = sec->vma - (p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz);
|
|---|
| 2913 |
|
|---|
| 2914 | p->p_memsz += adjust;
|
|---|
| 2915 | off += adjust;
|
|---|
| 2916 | voff += adjust;
|
|---|
| 2917 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2918 | p->p_filesz += adjust;
|
|---|
| 2919 | }
|
|---|
| 2920 |
|
|---|
| 2921 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 2922 | {
|
|---|
| 2923 | bfd_signed_vma adjust;
|
|---|
| 2924 |
|
|---|
| 2925 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2926 | {
|
|---|
| 2927 | adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz);
|
|---|
| 2928 | if (adjust < 0)
|
|---|
| 2929 | adjust = 0;
|
|---|
| 2930 | }
|
|---|
| 2931 | else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2932 | {
|
|---|
| 2933 | /* The section VMA must equal the file position
|
|---|
| 2934 | modulo the page size. FIXME: I'm not sure if
|
|---|
| 2935 | this adjustment is really necessary. We used to
|
|---|
| 2936 | not have the SEC_LOAD case just above, and then
|
|---|
| 2937 | this was necessary, but now I'm not sure. */
|
|---|
| 2938 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2939 | adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % bed->maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 2940 | else
|
|---|
| 2941 | adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % align;
|
|---|
| 2942 | }
|
|---|
| 2943 | else
|
|---|
| 2944 | adjust = 0;
|
|---|
| 2945 |
|
|---|
| 2946 | if (adjust != 0)
|
|---|
| 2947 | {
|
|---|
| 2948 | if (i == 0)
|
|---|
| 2949 | {
|
|---|
| 2950 | (* _bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 2951 | (_("Error: First section in segment (%s) starts at 0x%x"),
|
|---|
| 2952 | bfd_section_name (abfd, sec), sec->lma);
|
|---|
| 2953 | (* _bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 2954 | (_(" whereas segment starts at 0x%x"),
|
|---|
| 2955 | p->p_paddr);
|
|---|
| 2956 |
|
|---|
| 2957 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2958 | }
|
|---|
| 2959 | p->p_memsz += adjust;
|
|---|
| 2960 | off += adjust;
|
|---|
| 2961 | voff += adjust;
|
|---|
| 2962 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2963 | p->p_filesz += adjust;
|
|---|
| 2964 | }
|
|---|
| 2965 |
|
|---|
| 2966 | sec->filepos = off;
|
|---|
| 2967 |
|
|---|
| 2968 | /* We check SEC_HAS_CONTENTS here because if NOLOAD is
|
|---|
| 2969 | used in a linker script we may have a section with
|
|---|
| 2970 | SEC_LOAD clear but which is supposed to have
|
|---|
| 2971 | contents. */
|
|---|
| 2972 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
|---|
| 2973 | || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2974 | off += sec->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 2975 |
|
|---|
| 2976 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2977 | voff += sec->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 2978 | }
|
|---|
| 2979 |
|
|---|
| 2980 | if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
|
|---|
| 2981 | {
|
|---|
| 2982 | /* The actual "note" segment has i == 0.
|
|---|
| 2983 | This is the one that actually contains everything. */
|
|---|
| 2984 | if (i == 0)
|
|---|
| 2985 | {
|
|---|
| 2986 | sec->filepos = off;
|
|---|
| 2987 | p->p_filesz = sec->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 2988 | off += sec->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 2989 | voff = off;
|
|---|
| 2990 | }
|
|---|
| 2991 | else
|
|---|
| 2992 | {
|
|---|
| 2993 | /* Fake sections -- don't need to be written. */
|
|---|
| 2994 | sec->filepos = 0;
|
|---|
| 2995 | sec->_raw_size = 0;
|
|---|
| 2996 | flags = sec->flags = 0;
|
|---|
| 2997 | }
|
|---|
| 2998 | p->p_memsz = 0;
|
|---|
| 2999 | p->p_align = 1;
|
|---|
| 3000 | }
|
|---|
| 3001 | else
|
|---|
| 3002 | {
|
|---|
| 3003 | p->p_memsz += sec->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 3004 |
|
|---|
| 3005 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3006 | p->p_filesz += sec->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 3007 |
|
|---|
| 3008 | if (align > p->p_align
|
|---|
| 3009 | && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
|
|---|
| 3010 | p->p_align = align;
|
|---|
| 3011 | }
|
|---|
| 3012 |
|
|---|
| 3013 | if (! m->p_flags_valid)
|
|---|
| 3014 | {
|
|---|
| 3015 | p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
|---|
| 3016 | if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3017 | p->p_flags |= PF_X;
|
|---|
| 3018 | if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
|---|
| 3019 | p->p_flags |= PF_W;
|
|---|
| 3020 | }
|
|---|
| 3021 | }
|
|---|
| 3022 | }
|
|---|
| 3023 |
|
|---|
| 3024 | /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
|
|---|
| 3025 | the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
|
|---|
| 3026 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
|
|---|
| 3027 | m != NULL;
|
|---|
| 3028 | m = m->next, p++)
|
|---|
| 3029 | {
|
|---|
| 3030 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && m->count > 0)
|
|---|
| 3031 | {
|
|---|
| 3032 | BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs);
|
|---|
| 3033 | p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
|
|---|
| 3034 | }
|
|---|
| 3035 | if (m->count == 0)
|
|---|
| 3036 | {
|
|---|
| 3037 | if (m->includes_filehdr)
|
|---|
| 3038 | {
|
|---|
| 3039 | p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
|
|---|
| 3040 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|---|
| 3041 | p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
|
|---|
| 3042 | }
|
|---|
| 3043 | else if (m->includes_phdrs)
|
|---|
| 3044 | {
|
|---|
| 3045 | p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
|
|---|
| 3046 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|---|
| 3047 | p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
|
|---|
| 3048 | }
|
|---|
| 3049 | }
|
|---|
| 3050 | }
|
|---|
| 3051 |
|
|---|
| 3052 | /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */
|
|---|
| 3053 | for (; count < alloc; count++, p++)
|
|---|
| 3054 | {
|
|---|
| 3055 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
|
|---|
| 3056 | p->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
|---|
| 3057 | }
|
|---|
| 3058 |
|
|---|
| 3059 | elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
|
|---|
| 3060 |
|
|---|
| 3061 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
|---|
| 3062 |
|
|---|
| 3063 | /* Write out the program headers. */
|
|---|
| 3064 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 3065 | || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3066 | return false;
|
|---|
| 3067 |
|
|---|
| 3068 | return true;
|
|---|
| 3069 | }
|
|---|
| 3070 |
|
|---|
| 3071 | /* Get the size of the program header.
|
|---|
| 3072 |
|
|---|
| 3073 | If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it
|
|---|
| 3074 | can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only
|
|---|
| 3075 | happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case,
|
|---|
| 3076 | SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one
|
|---|
| 3077 | data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic).
|
|---|
| 3078 |
|
|---|
| 3079 | ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there
|
|---|
| 3080 | will be two segments. */
|
|---|
| 3081 |
|
|---|
| 3082 | static bfd_size_type
|
|---|
| 3083 | get_program_header_size (abfd)
|
|---|
| 3084 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 3085 | {
|
|---|
| 3086 | size_t segs;
|
|---|
| 3087 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 3088 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3089 |
|
|---|
| 3090 | /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */
|
|---|
| 3091 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0)
|
|---|
| 3092 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
|---|
| 3093 |
|
|---|
| 3094 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
|
|---|
| 3095 | {
|
|---|
| 3096 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|---|
| 3097 |
|
|---|
| 3098 | segs = 0;
|
|---|
| 3099 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
|---|
| 3100 | ++segs;
|
|---|
| 3101 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 3102 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
|---|
| 3103 | }
|
|---|
| 3104 |
|
|---|
| 3105 | /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
|
|---|
| 3106 | and one for data. */
|
|---|
| 3107 | segs = 2;
|
|---|
| 3108 |
|
|---|
| 3109 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
|
|---|
| 3110 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3111 | {
|
|---|
| 3112 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
|
|---|
| 3113 | PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
|
|---|
| 3114 | PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
|
|---|
| 3115 | targets. */
|
|---|
| 3116 | segs += 2;
|
|---|
| 3117 | }
|
|---|
| 3118 |
|
|---|
| 3119 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
|
|---|
| 3120 | {
|
|---|
| 3121 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
|
|---|
| 3122 | ++segs;
|
|---|
| 3123 | }
|
|---|
| 3124 |
|
|---|
| 3125 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|---|
| 3126 | {
|
|---|
| 3127 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
|---|
| 3128 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
|
|---|
| 3129 | {
|
|---|
| 3130 | /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
|
|---|
| 3131 | ++segs;
|
|---|
| 3132 | }
|
|---|
| 3133 | }
|
|---|
| 3134 |
|
|---|
| 3135 | /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
|
|---|
| 3136 | if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
|
|---|
| 3137 | {
|
|---|
| 3138 | int a;
|
|---|
| 3139 |
|
|---|
| 3140 | a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3141 | if (a == -1)
|
|---|
| 3142 | abort ();
|
|---|
| 3143 | segs += a;
|
|---|
| 3144 | }
|
|---|
| 3145 |
|
|---|
| 3146 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 3147 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
|---|
| 3148 | }
|
|---|
| 3149 |
|
|---|
| 3150 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
|
|---|
| 3151 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
|
|---|
| 3152 | VMAs must be known before this is called.
|
|---|
| 3153 |
|
|---|
| 3154 | We do not consider reloc sections at this point, unless they form
|
|---|
| 3155 | part of the loadable image. Reloc sections are assigned file
|
|---|
| 3156 | positions in assign_file_positions_for_relocs, which is called by
|
|---|
| 3157 | write_object_contents and final_link.
|
|---|
| 3158 |
|
|---|
| 3159 | We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
|
|---|
| 3160 |
|
|---|
| 3161 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 3162 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd)
|
|---|
| 3163 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 3164 | {
|
|---|
| 3165 | struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3166 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3167 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3168 | file_ptr off;
|
|---|
| 3169 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3170 |
|
|---|
| 3171 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
|
|---|
| 3172 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
|
|---|
| 3173 | {
|
|---|
| 3174 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 3175 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 3176 |
|
|---|
| 3177 | /* Start after the ELF header. */
|
|---|
| 3178 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
|
|---|
| 3179 |
|
|---|
| 3180 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
|
|---|
| 3181 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
|
|---|
| 3182 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */
|
|---|
| 3183 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++)
|
|---|
| 3184 | {
|
|---|
| 3185 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 3186 |
|
|---|
| 3187 | hdr = *hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 3188 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
|
|---|
| 3189 | {
|
|---|
| 3190 | hdr->sh_offset = -1;
|
|---|
| 3191 | continue;
|
|---|
| 3192 | }
|
|---|
| 3193 | if (i == tdata->symtab_section
|
|---|
| 3194 | || i == tdata->strtab_section)
|
|---|
| 3195 | {
|
|---|
| 3196 | hdr->sh_offset = -1;
|
|---|
| 3197 | continue;
|
|---|
| 3198 | }
|
|---|
| 3199 |
|
|---|
| 3200 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
|
|---|
| 3201 | }
|
|---|
| 3202 | }
|
|---|
| 3203 | else
|
|---|
| 3204 | {
|
|---|
| 3205 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 3206 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 3207 |
|
|---|
| 3208 | /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
|
|---|
| 3209 | assignment of sections to segments. */
|
|---|
| 3210 | if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd))
|
|---|
| 3211 | return false;
|
|---|
| 3212 |
|
|---|
| 3213 | /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
|
|---|
| 3214 |
|
|---|
| 3215 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
|
|---|
| 3216 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++)
|
|---|
| 3217 | {
|
|---|
| 3218 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 3219 |
|
|---|
| 3220 | hdr = *hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 3221 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
|
|---|
| 3222 | && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0)
|
|---|
| 3223 | hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos;
|
|---|
| 3224 | else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3225 | {
|
|---|
| 3226 | ((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 3227 | (_("%s: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
|
|---|
| 3228 | bfd_get_filename (abfd),
|
|---|
| 3229 | (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
|
|---|
| 3230 | ? "*unknown*"
|
|---|
| 3231 | : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
|
|---|
| 3232 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3233 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % bed->maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 3234 | else
|
|---|
| 3235 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % hdr->sh_addralign;
|
|---|
| 3236 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
|
|---|
| 3237 | false);
|
|---|
| 3238 | }
|
|---|
| 3239 | else if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
|
|---|
| 3240 | || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
|
|---|
| 3241 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
|
|---|
| 3242 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
|
|---|
| 3243 | hdr->sh_offset = -1;
|
|---|
| 3244 | else
|
|---|
| 3245 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
|
|---|
| 3246 | }
|
|---|
| 3247 | }
|
|---|
| 3248 |
|
|---|
| 3249 | /* Place the section headers. */
|
|---|
| 3250 | off = align_file_position (off, bed->s->file_align);
|
|---|
| 3251 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
|
|---|
| 3252 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
|
|---|
| 3253 |
|
|---|
| 3254 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
|---|
| 3255 |
|
|---|
| 3256 | return true;
|
|---|
| 3257 | }
|
|---|
| 3258 |
|
|---|
| 3259 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 3260 | prep_headers (abfd)
|
|---|
| 3261 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 3262 | {
|
|---|
| 3263 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
|
|---|
| 3264 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
|
|---|
| 3265 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
|
|---|
| 3266 | int count;
|
|---|
| 3267 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
|
|---|
| 3268 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3269 |
|
|---|
| 3270 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3271 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3272 |
|
|---|
| 3273 | shstrtab = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
|
|---|
| 3274 | if (shstrtab == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3275 | return false;
|
|---|
| 3276 |
|
|---|
| 3277 | elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
|
|---|
| 3278 |
|
|---|
| 3279 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
|
|---|
| 3280 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
|
|---|
| 3281 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
|
|---|
| 3282 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
|
|---|
| 3283 |
|
|---|
| 3284 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
|
|---|
| 3285 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
|
|---|
| 3286 | bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
|
|---|
| 3287 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
|
|---|
| 3288 |
|
|---|
| 3289 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_NONE;
|
|---|
| 3290 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 0;
|
|---|
| 3291 |
|
|---|
| 3292 | for (count = EI_PAD; count < EI_NIDENT; count++)
|
|---|
| 3293 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[count] = 0;
|
|---|
| 3294 |
|
|---|
| 3295 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3296 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
|
|---|
| 3297 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3298 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
|
|---|
| 3299 | else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
|
|---|
| 3300 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
|
|---|
| 3301 | else
|
|---|
| 3302 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
|
|---|
| 3303 |
|
|---|
| 3304 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
|
|---|
| 3305 | {
|
|---|
| 3306 | case bfd_arch_unknown:
|
|---|
| 3307 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
|
|---|
| 3308 | break;
|
|---|
| 3309 | case bfd_arch_sparc:
|
|---|
| 3310 | if (bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) == 64)
|
|---|
| 3311 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARCV9;
|
|---|
| 3312 | else
|
|---|
| 3313 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC;
|
|---|
| 3314 | break;
|
|---|
| 3315 | case bfd_arch_i370:
|
|---|
| 3316 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_S370;
|
|---|
| 3317 | break;
|
|---|
| 3318 | case bfd_arch_i386:
|
|---|
| 3319 | if (bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) == 64)
|
|---|
| 3320 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_X86_64;
|
|---|
| 3321 | else
|
|---|
| 3322 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_386;
|
|---|
| 3323 | break;
|
|---|
| 3324 | case bfd_arch_ia64:
|
|---|
| 3325 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_IA_64;
|
|---|
| 3326 | break;
|
|---|
| 3327 | case bfd_arch_m68hc11:
|
|---|
| 3328 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_68HC11;
|
|---|
| 3329 | break;
|
|---|
| 3330 | case bfd_arch_m68hc12:
|
|---|
| 3331 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_68HC12;
|
|---|
| 3332 | break;
|
|---|
| 3333 | case bfd_arch_m68k:
|
|---|
| 3334 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_68K;
|
|---|
| 3335 | break;
|
|---|
| 3336 | case bfd_arch_m88k:
|
|---|
| 3337 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_88K;
|
|---|
| 3338 | break;
|
|---|
| 3339 | case bfd_arch_i860:
|
|---|
| 3340 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_860;
|
|---|
| 3341 | break;
|
|---|
| 3342 | case bfd_arch_i960:
|
|---|
| 3343 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_960;
|
|---|
| 3344 | break;
|
|---|
| 3345 | case bfd_arch_mips: /* MIPS Rxxxx */
|
|---|
| 3346 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_MIPS; /* only MIPS R3000 */
|
|---|
| 3347 | break;
|
|---|
| 3348 | case bfd_arch_hppa:
|
|---|
| 3349 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PARISC;
|
|---|
| 3350 | break;
|
|---|
| 3351 | case bfd_arch_powerpc:
|
|---|
| 3352 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PPC;
|
|---|
| 3353 | break;
|
|---|
| 3354 | case bfd_arch_alpha:
|
|---|
| 3355 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_ALPHA;
|
|---|
| 3356 | break;
|
|---|
| 3357 | case bfd_arch_sh:
|
|---|
| 3358 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SH;
|
|---|
| 3359 | break;
|
|---|
| 3360 | case bfd_arch_d10v:
|
|---|
| 3361 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_D10V;
|
|---|
| 3362 | break;
|
|---|
| 3363 | case bfd_arch_d30v:
|
|---|
| 3364 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_D30V;
|
|---|
| 3365 | break;
|
|---|
| 3366 | case bfd_arch_fr30:
|
|---|
| 3367 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_FR30;
|
|---|
| 3368 | break;
|
|---|
| 3369 | case bfd_arch_mcore:
|
|---|
| 3370 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_MCORE;
|
|---|
| 3371 | break;
|
|---|
| 3372 | case bfd_arch_avr:
|
|---|
| 3373 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_AVR;
|
|---|
| 3374 | break;
|
|---|
| 3375 | case bfd_arch_v850:
|
|---|
| 3376 | switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
|
|---|
| 3377 | {
|
|---|
| 3378 | default:
|
|---|
| 3379 | case 0: i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_V850; break;
|
|---|
| 3380 | }
|
|---|
| 3381 | break;
|
|---|
| 3382 | case bfd_arch_arc:
|
|---|
| 3383 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_ARC;
|
|---|
| 3384 | break;
|
|---|
| 3385 | case bfd_arch_arm:
|
|---|
| 3386 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_ARM;
|
|---|
| 3387 | break;
|
|---|
| 3388 | case bfd_arch_m32r:
|
|---|
| 3389 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_M32R;
|
|---|
| 3390 | break;
|
|---|
| 3391 | case bfd_arch_mn10200:
|
|---|
| 3392 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_MN10200;
|
|---|
| 3393 | break;
|
|---|
| 3394 | case bfd_arch_mn10300:
|
|---|
| 3395 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_MN10300;
|
|---|
| 3396 | break;
|
|---|
| 3397 | case bfd_arch_pj:
|
|---|
| 3398 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PJ;
|
|---|
| 3399 | break;
|
|---|
| 3400 | case bfd_arch_cris:
|
|---|
| 3401 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CRIS;
|
|---|
| 3402 | break;
|
|---|
| 3403 | /* Also note that EM_M32, AT&T WE32100 is unknown to bfd. */
|
|---|
| 3404 | default:
|
|---|
| 3405 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
|
|---|
| 3406 | }
|
|---|
| 3407 | i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
|
|---|
| 3408 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 3409 |
|
|---|
| 3410 | /* No program header, for now. */
|
|---|
| 3411 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
|
|---|
| 3412 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
|
|---|
| 3413 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
|
|---|
| 3414 |
|
|---|
| 3415 | /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
|
|---|
| 3416 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3417 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
|
|---|
| 3418 |
|
|---|
| 3419 | /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
|
|---|
| 3420 | if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
|
|---|
| 3421 | {
|
|---|
| 3422 | /* It all happens later. */
|
|---|
| 3423 | #if 0
|
|---|
| 3424 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr);
|
|---|
| 3425 |
|
|---|
| 3426 | /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of
|
|---|
| 3427 | Elf_Internal_Phdrs. */
|
|---|
| 3428 | i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
|
|---|
| 3429 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase;
|
|---|
| 3430 | outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum;
|
|---|
| 3431 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3432 | }
|
|---|
| 3433 | else
|
|---|
| 3434 | {
|
|---|
| 3435 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
|
|---|
| 3436 | i_phdrp = 0;
|
|---|
| 3437 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
|
|---|
| 3438 | }
|
|---|
| 3439 |
|
|---|
| 3440 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
|---|
| 3441 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", true, false);
|
|---|
| 3442 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
|---|
| 3443 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", true, false);
|
|---|
| 3444 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
|---|
| 3445 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", true, false);
|
|---|
| 3446 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
|
|---|
| 3447 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
|
|---|
| 3448 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
|---|
| 3449 | return false;
|
|---|
| 3450 |
|
|---|
| 3451 | return true;
|
|---|
| 3452 | }
|
|---|
| 3453 |
|
|---|
| 3454 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
|
|---|
| 3455 | of the loadable file image. */
|
|---|
| 3456 |
|
|---|
| 3457 | void
|
|---|
| 3458 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd)
|
|---|
| 3459 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 3460 | {
|
|---|
| 3461 | file_ptr off;
|
|---|
| 3462 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 3463 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
|
|---|
| 3464 |
|
|---|
| 3465 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
|
|---|
| 3466 |
|
|---|
| 3467 | for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
|
|---|
| 3468 | i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
|
|---|
| 3469 | i++, shdrpp++)
|
|---|
| 3470 | {
|
|---|
| 3471 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
|
|---|
| 3472 |
|
|---|
| 3473 | shdrp = *shdrpp;
|
|---|
| 3474 | if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
|
|---|
| 3475 | && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
|
|---|
| 3476 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, true);
|
|---|
| 3477 | }
|
|---|
| 3478 |
|
|---|
| 3479 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
|---|
| 3480 | }
|
|---|
| 3481 |
|
|---|
| 3482 | boolean
|
|---|
| 3483 | _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd)
|
|---|
| 3484 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 3485 | {
|
|---|
| 3486 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3487 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
|
|---|
| 3488 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
|---|
| 3489 | boolean failed;
|
|---|
| 3490 | unsigned int count;
|
|---|
| 3491 |
|
|---|
| 3492 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun
|
|---|
| 3493 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions
|
|---|
| 3494 | (abfd, (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL))
|
|---|
| 3495 | return false;
|
|---|
| 3496 |
|
|---|
| 3497 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3498 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3499 |
|
|---|
| 3500 | failed = false;
|
|---|
| 3501 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
|
|---|
| 3502 | if (failed)
|
|---|
| 3503 | return false;
|
|---|
| 3504 |
|
|---|
| 3505 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3506 |
|
|---|
| 3507 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
|
|---|
| 3508 | for (count = 1; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++)
|
|---|
| 3509 | {
|
|---|
| 3510 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
|
|---|
| 3511 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
|
|---|
| 3512 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
|
|---|
| 3513 | {
|
|---|
| 3514 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 3515 | || (bfd_write (i_shdrp[count]->contents, i_shdrp[count]->sh_size,
|
|---|
| 3516 | 1, abfd)
|
|---|
| 3517 | != i_shdrp[count]->sh_size))
|
|---|
| 3518 | return false;
|
|---|
| 3519 | }
|
|---|
| 3520 | }
|
|---|
| 3521 |
|
|---|
| 3522 | /* Write out the section header names. */
|
|---|
| 3523 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 3524 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))
|
|---|
| 3525 | return false;
|
|---|
| 3526 |
|
|---|
| 3527 | if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
|
|---|
| 3528 | (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
|
|---|
| 3529 | elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
|
|---|
| 3530 |
|
|---|
| 3531 | return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3532 | }
|
|---|
| 3533 |
|
|---|
| 3534 | boolean
|
|---|
| 3535 | _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (abfd)
|
|---|
| 3536 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 3537 | {
|
|---|
| 3538 | /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
|
|---|
| 3539 | return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3540 | }
|
|---|
| 3541 |
|
|---|
| 3542 | /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
|
|---|
| 3543 |
|
|---|
| 3544 | int
|
|---|
| 3545 | _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect)
|
|---|
| 3546 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 3547 | struct sec *asect;
|
|---|
| 3548 | {
|
|---|
| 3549 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3550 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3551 | int index;
|
|---|
| 3552 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 3553 | int maxindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
|
|---|
| 3554 |
|
|---|
| 3555 | for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++)
|
|---|
| 3556 | {
|
|---|
| 3557 | hdr = i_shdrp[index];
|
|---|
| 3558 | if (hdr->bfd_section == asect)
|
|---|
| 3559 | return index;
|
|---|
| 3560 | }
|
|---|
| 3561 |
|
|---|
| 3562 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
|
|---|
| 3563 | {
|
|---|
| 3564 | for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++)
|
|---|
| 3565 | {
|
|---|
| 3566 | int retval;
|
|---|
| 3567 |
|
|---|
| 3568 | hdr = i_shdrp[index];
|
|---|
| 3569 | retval = index;
|
|---|
| 3570 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
|
|---|
| 3571 | (abfd, hdr, asect, &retval))
|
|---|
| 3572 | return retval;
|
|---|
| 3573 | }
|
|---|
| 3574 | }
|
|---|
| 3575 |
|
|---|
| 3576 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
|
|---|
| 3577 | return SHN_ABS;
|
|---|
| 3578 | if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
|
|---|
| 3579 | return SHN_COMMON;
|
|---|
| 3580 | if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
|
|---|
| 3581 | return SHN_UNDEF;
|
|---|
| 3582 |
|
|---|
| 3583 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
|
|---|
| 3584 |
|
|---|
| 3585 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 3586 | }
|
|---|
| 3587 |
|
|---|
| 3588 | /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
|
|---|
| 3589 | on error. */
|
|---|
| 3590 |
|
|---|
| 3591 | int
|
|---|
| 3592 | _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, asym_ptr_ptr)
|
|---|
| 3593 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 3594 | asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr;
|
|---|
| 3595 | {
|
|---|
| 3596 | asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
|
|---|
| 3597 | int idx;
|
|---|
| 3598 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
|
|---|
| 3599 |
|
|---|
| 3600 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
|
|---|
| 3601 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
|
|---|
| 3602 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
|
|---|
| 3603 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
|
|---|
| 3604 | input sections rather than the output section. */
|
|---|
| 3605 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
|
|---|
| 3606 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
|---|
| 3607 | && asym_ptr->section)
|
|---|
| 3608 | {
|
|---|
| 3609 | int indx;
|
|---|
| 3610 |
|
|---|
| 3611 | if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL)
|
|---|
| 3612 | indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index;
|
|---|
| 3613 | else
|
|---|
| 3614 | indx = asym_ptr->section->index;
|
|---|
| 3615 | if (elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx])
|
|---|
| 3616 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
|
|---|
| 3617 | }
|
|---|
| 3618 |
|
|---|
| 3619 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
|
|---|
| 3620 |
|
|---|
| 3621 | if (idx == 0)
|
|---|
| 3622 | {
|
|---|
| 3623 | /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
|
|---|
| 3624 | which is used in a relocation entry. */
|
|---|
| 3625 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 3626 | (_("%s: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
|
|---|
| 3627 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
|
|---|
| 3628 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
|
|---|
| 3629 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 3630 | }
|
|---|
| 3631 |
|
|---|
| 3632 | #if DEBUG & 4
|
|---|
| 3633 | {
|
|---|
| 3634 | fprintf (stderr,
|
|---|
| 3635 | _("elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n"),
|
|---|
| 3636 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
|
|---|
| 3637 | elf_symbol_flags (flags));
|
|---|
| 3638 | fflush (stderr);
|
|---|
| 3639 | }
|
|---|
| 3640 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3641 |
|
|---|
| 3642 | return idx;
|
|---|
| 3643 | }
|
|---|
| 3644 |
|
|---|
| 3645 | /* Copy private BFD data. This copies any program header information. */
|
|---|
| 3646 |
|
|---|
| 3647 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 3648 | copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
|
|---|
| 3649 | bfd *ibfd;
|
|---|
| 3650 | bfd *obfd;
|
|---|
| 3651 | {
|
|---|
| 3652 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * iehdr;
|
|---|
| 3653 | struct elf_segment_map * map;
|
|---|
| 3654 | struct elf_segment_map * map_first;
|
|---|
| 3655 | struct elf_segment_map ** pointer_to_map;
|
|---|
| 3656 | Elf_Internal_Phdr * segment;
|
|---|
| 3657 | asection * section;
|
|---|
| 3658 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 3659 | unsigned int num_segments;
|
|---|
| 3660 | boolean phdr_included = false;
|
|---|
| 3661 | bfd_vma maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 3662 | struct elf_segment_map * phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3663 | unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
|
|---|
| 3664 |
|
|---|
| 3665 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 3666 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|---|
| 3667 | return true;
|
|---|
| 3668 |
|
|---|
| 3669 | if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3670 | return true;
|
|---|
| 3671 |
|
|---|
| 3672 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
|
|---|
| 3673 |
|
|---|
| 3674 | map_first = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3675 | pointer_to_map = &map_first;
|
|---|
| 3676 |
|
|---|
| 3677 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
|
|---|
| 3678 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 3679 |
|
|---|
| 3680 | /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
|
|---|
| 3681 | #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
|
|---|
| 3682 | (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
|
|---|
| 3683 | ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
|
|---|
| 3684 |
|
|---|
| 3685 | /* Returns true if the given section is contained within
|
|---|
| 3686 | the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
|
|---|
| 3687 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
|
|---|
| 3688 | (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
|
|---|
| 3689 | && (section->vma + section->_raw_size) \
|
|---|
| 3690 | <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))
|
|---|
| 3691 |
|
|---|
| 3692 | /* Returns true if the given section is contained within
|
|---|
| 3693 | the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
|
|---|
| 3694 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
|
|---|
| 3695 | (section->lma >= base \
|
|---|
| 3696 | && (section->lma + section->_raw_size) \
|
|---|
| 3697 | <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))
|
|---|
| 3698 |
|
|---|
| 3699 | /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
|
|---|
| 3700 | #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
|
|---|
| 3701 | (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
|
|---|
| 3702 | && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
|
|---|
| 3703 | && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
|
|---|
| 3704 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
|
|---|
| 3705 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \
|
|---|
| 3706 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)
|
|---|
| 3707 |
|
|---|
| 3708 | /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
|
|---|
| 3709 | linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
|
|---|
| 3710 | p_memsz set to 0. */
|
|---|
| 3711 | #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
|
|---|
| 3712 | ( p->p_vaddr == 0 \
|
|---|
| 3713 | && p->p_filesz > 0 \
|
|---|
| 3714 | && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
|
|---|
| 3715 | && s->_raw_size > 0 \
|
|---|
| 3716 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
|
|---|
| 3717 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \
|
|---|
| 3718 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
|
|---|
| 3719 |
|
|---|
| 3720 | /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
|
|---|
| 3721 | A section will be included if:
|
|---|
| 3722 | 1. It is within the address space of the segment,
|
|---|
| 3723 | 2. It is an allocated segment,
|
|---|
| 3724 | 3. There is an output section associated with it,
|
|---|
| 3725 | 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. */
|
|---|
| 3726 | #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment) \
|
|---|
| 3727 | ((((IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment) \
|
|---|
| 3728 | || IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) \
|
|---|
| 3729 | && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
|
|---|
| 3730 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
|
|---|
| 3731 | && section->output_section != NULL \
|
|---|
| 3732 | && section->segment_mark == false)
|
|---|
| 3733 |
|
|---|
| 3734 | /* Returns true iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
|
|---|
| 3735 | #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2) \
|
|---|
| 3736 | (seg1->p_vaddr >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->p_vaddr))
|
|---|
| 3737 |
|
|---|
| 3738 | /* Returns true iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. */
|
|---|
| 3739 | #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
|
|---|
| 3740 | (!(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2) || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1)))
|
|---|
| 3741 |
|
|---|
| 3742 | /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
|
|---|
| 3743 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
|
|---|
| 3744 | section->segment_mark = false;
|
|---|
| 3745 |
|
|---|
| 3746 | /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
|
|---|
| 3747 | of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
|
|---|
| 3748 | in the loadable segments. These can be created by wierd
|
|---|
| 3749 | parameters to objcopy. */
|
|---|
| 3750 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
|---|
| 3751 | i < num_segments;
|
|---|
| 3752 | i++, segment++)
|
|---|
| 3753 | {
|
|---|
| 3754 | unsigned int j;
|
|---|
| 3755 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
|
|---|
| 3756 |
|
|---|
| 3757 | if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 3758 | continue;
|
|---|
| 3759 |
|
|---|
| 3760 | /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
|
|---|
| 3761 | for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
|
|---|
| 3762 | {
|
|---|
| 3763 | bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
|
|---|
| 3764 |
|
|---|
| 3765 | if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
|
|---|
| 3766 | || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
|
|---|
| 3767 | continue;
|
|---|
| 3768 |
|
|---|
| 3769 | /* Merge the two segments together. */
|
|---|
| 3770 | if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
|
|---|
| 3771 | {
|
|---|
| 3772 | /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
|
|---|
| 3773 | SEGMENT. */
|
|---|
| 3774 | extra_length =
|
|---|
| 3775 | SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
|
|---|
| 3776 | - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
|
|---|
| 3777 |
|
|---|
| 3778 | if (extra_length > 0)
|
|---|
| 3779 | {
|
|---|
| 3780 | segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
|
|---|
| 3781 | segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
|
|---|
| 3782 | }
|
|---|
| 3783 |
|
|---|
| 3784 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
|---|
| 3785 |
|
|---|
| 3786 | /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
|
|---|
| 3787 | i = 0;
|
|---|
| 3788 | segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
|---|
| 3789 | break;
|
|---|
| 3790 | }
|
|---|
| 3791 | else
|
|---|
| 3792 | {
|
|---|
| 3793 | /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
|
|---|
| 3794 | SEGMENT2. */
|
|---|
| 3795 | extra_length =
|
|---|
| 3796 | SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
|
|---|
| 3797 | - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
|
|---|
| 3798 |
|
|---|
| 3799 | if (extra_length > 0)
|
|---|
| 3800 | {
|
|---|
| 3801 | segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
|
|---|
| 3802 | segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
|
|---|
| 3803 | }
|
|---|
| 3804 |
|
|---|
| 3805 | segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
|---|
| 3806 | }
|
|---|
| 3807 | }
|
|---|
| 3808 | }
|
|---|
| 3809 |
|
|---|
| 3810 | /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
|
|---|
| 3811 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
|---|
| 3812 | i < num_segments;
|
|---|
| 3813 | i ++, segment ++)
|
|---|
| 3814 | {
|
|---|
| 3815 | unsigned int section_count;
|
|---|
| 3816 | asection ** sections;
|
|---|
| 3817 | asection * output_section;
|
|---|
| 3818 | unsigned int isec;
|
|---|
| 3819 | bfd_vma matching_lma;
|
|---|
| 3820 | bfd_vma suggested_lma;
|
|---|
| 3821 | unsigned int j;
|
|---|
| 3822 |
|
|---|
| 3823 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
|
|---|
| 3824 | continue;
|
|---|
| 3825 |
|
|---|
| 3826 | /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
|
|---|
| 3827 | section_count = 0;
|
|---|
| 3828 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
|
|---|
| 3829 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment))
|
|---|
| 3830 | ++section_count;
|
|---|
| 3831 |
|
|---|
| 3832 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain all of the
|
|---|
| 3833 | sections we have selected. */
|
|---|
| 3834 | map = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
|
|---|
| 3835 | bfd_alloc (obfd,
|
|---|
| 3836 | (sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)
|
|---|
| 3837 | + ((size_t) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *))));
|
|---|
| 3838 | if (map == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3839 | return false;
|
|---|
| 3840 |
|
|---|
| 3841 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
|
|---|
| 3842 | using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
|
|---|
| 3843 | map->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3844 | map->p_type = segment->p_type;
|
|---|
| 3845 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
|
|---|
| 3846 | map->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|---|
| 3847 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
|
|---|
| 3848 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
|
|---|
| 3849 |
|
|---|
| 3850 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
|
|---|
| 3851 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
|
|---|
| 3852 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
|
|---|
| 3853 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
|
|---|
| 3854 |
|
|---|
| 3855 | map->includes_phdrs = 0;
|
|---|
| 3856 |
|
|---|
| 3857 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 3858 | {
|
|---|
| 3859 | map->includes_phdrs =
|
|---|
| 3860 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
|
|---|
| 3861 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
|
|---|
| 3862 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
|
|---|
| 3863 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
|
|---|
| 3864 |
|
|---|
| 3865 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
|
|---|
| 3866 | phdr_included = true;
|
|---|
| 3867 | }
|
|---|
| 3868 |
|
|---|
| 3869 | if (section_count == 0)
|
|---|
| 3870 | {
|
|---|
| 3871 | /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
|
|---|
| 3872 | no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
|
|---|
| 3873 | something. */
|
|---|
| 3874 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 3875 | _bfd_error_handler
|
|---|
| 3876 | (_("%s: warning: Empty loadable segment detected\n"),
|
|---|
| 3877 | bfd_get_filename (ibfd));
|
|---|
| 3878 |
|
|---|
| 3879 | map->count = 0;
|
|---|
| 3880 | *pointer_to_map = map;
|
|---|
| 3881 | pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
|---|
| 3882 |
|
|---|
| 3883 | continue;
|
|---|
| 3884 | }
|
|---|
| 3885 |
|
|---|
| 3886 | /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
|
|---|
| 3887 | to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
|
|---|
| 3888 | The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
|
|---|
| 3889 | been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
|
|---|
| 3890 |
|
|---|
| 3891 | 1. None of the sections have been moved.
|
|---|
| 3892 | In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
|
|---|
| 3893 | input BFD.
|
|---|
| 3894 |
|
|---|
| 3895 | 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
|
|---|
| 3896 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
|
|---|
| 3897 | of the first section.
|
|---|
| 3898 |
|
|---|
| 3899 | 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
|
|---|
| 3900 | In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
|
|---|
| 3901 | placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
|
|---|
| 3902 | and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
|
|---|
| 3903 | have to be created to contain the other sections.
|
|---|
| 3904 |
|
|---|
| 3905 | 4. The sections have been moved, but not be the same amount.
|
|---|
| 3906 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
|
|---|
| 3907 | of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
|
|---|
| 3908 | or segments to contain the other sections.
|
|---|
| 3909 |
|
|---|
| 3910 | In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
|
|---|
| 3911 | pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
|
|---|
| 3912 | to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
|
|---|
| 3913 |
|
|---|
| 3914 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc
|
|---|
| 3915 | (sizeof (asection *) * section_count);
|
|---|
| 3916 | if (sections == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3917 | return false;
|
|---|
| 3918 |
|
|---|
| 3919 | /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
|
|---|
| 3920 | Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
|
|---|
| 3921 | Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
|
|---|
| 3922 | case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
|
|---|
| 3923 | we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
|
|---|
| 3924 | more to do. */
|
|---|
| 3925 | isec = 0;
|
|---|
| 3926 | matching_lma = 0;
|
|---|
| 3927 | suggested_lma = 0;
|
|---|
| 3928 |
|
|---|
| 3929 | for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
|
|---|
| 3930 | section != NULL;
|
|---|
| 3931 | section = section->next)
|
|---|
| 3932 | {
|
|---|
| 3933 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment))
|
|---|
| 3934 | {
|
|---|
| 3935 | output_section = section->output_section;
|
|---|
| 3936 |
|
|---|
| 3937 | sections[j ++] = section;
|
|---|
| 3938 |
|
|---|
| 3939 | /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
|
|---|
| 3940 | We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
|
|---|
| 3941 | correct value. */
|
|---|
| 3942 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0
|
|---|
| 3943 | && segment->p_vaddr != 0
|
|---|
| 3944 | && isec == 0
|
|---|
| 3945 | && output_section->lma != 0
|
|---|
| 3946 | && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
|
|---|
| 3947 | + (map->includes_filehdr
|
|---|
| 3948 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize
|
|---|
| 3949 | : 0)
|
|---|
| 3950 | + (map->includes_phdrs
|
|---|
| 3951 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
|
|---|
| 3952 | : 0))))
|
|---|
| 3953 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
|
|---|
| 3954 |
|
|---|
| 3955 | /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
|
|---|
| 3956 | LMA address of the output section. */
|
|---|
| 3957 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
|
|---|
| 3958 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
|
|---|
| 3959 | {
|
|---|
| 3960 | if (matching_lma == 0)
|
|---|
| 3961 | matching_lma = output_section->lma;
|
|---|
| 3962 |
|
|---|
| 3963 | /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
|
|---|
| 3964 | then it does not overlap any other section within that
|
|---|
| 3965 | segment. */
|
|---|
| 3966 | map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
|
|---|
| 3967 | }
|
|---|
| 3968 | else if (suggested_lma == 0)
|
|---|
| 3969 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
|
|---|
| 3970 | }
|
|---|
| 3971 | }
|
|---|
| 3972 |
|
|---|
| 3973 | BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
|
|---|
| 3974 |
|
|---|
| 3975 | /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
|
|---|
| 3976 | if necessary. */
|
|---|
| 3977 | if (isec == section_count)
|
|---|
| 3978 | {
|
|---|
| 3979 | /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
|
|---|
| 3980 | specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
|
|---|
| 3981 | the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
|
|---|
| 3982 | program header in the input BFD. */
|
|---|
| 3983 | map->count = section_count;
|
|---|
| 3984 | *pointer_to_map = map;
|
|---|
| 3985 | pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
|---|
| 3986 |
|
|---|
| 3987 | free (sections);
|
|---|
| 3988 | continue;
|
|---|
| 3989 | }
|
|---|
| 3990 | else
|
|---|
| 3991 | {
|
|---|
| 3992 | if (matching_lma != 0)
|
|---|
| 3993 | {
|
|---|
| 3994 | /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
|
|---|
| 3995 | Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
|
|---|
| 3996 | LMA of the first section that fitted. */
|
|---|
| 3997 | map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
|
|---|
| 3998 | }
|
|---|
| 3999 | else
|
|---|
| 4000 | {
|
|---|
| 4001 | /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
|
|---|
| 4002 | Change the current segment's physical address to match
|
|---|
| 4003 | the LMA of the first section. */
|
|---|
| 4004 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
|
|---|
| 4005 | }
|
|---|
| 4006 |
|
|---|
| 4007 | /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
|
|---|
| 4008 | to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
|
|---|
| 4009 | if (map->includes_filehdr)
|
|---|
| 4010 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
|
|---|
| 4011 |
|
|---|
| 4012 | if (map->includes_phdrs)
|
|---|
| 4013 | {
|
|---|
| 4014 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
|
|---|
| 4015 |
|
|---|
| 4016 | /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
|
|---|
| 4017 | of program headers that we will need. Make a note
|
|---|
| 4018 | here of the number we used and the segment we chose
|
|---|
| 4019 | to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
|
|---|
| 4020 | offset when we know the correct value. */
|
|---|
| 4021 | phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
|
|---|
| 4022 | phdr_adjust_seg = map;
|
|---|
| 4023 | }
|
|---|
| 4024 | }
|
|---|
| 4025 |
|
|---|
| 4026 | /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
|
|---|
| 4027 | those that fit to the current segment and remvoing them from the
|
|---|
| 4028 | sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
|
|---|
| 4029 | possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
|
|---|
| 4030 | added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
|
|---|
| 4031 | to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
|
|---|
| 4032 | the loop. */
|
|---|
| 4033 | isec = 0;
|
|---|
| 4034 | do
|
|---|
| 4035 | {
|
|---|
| 4036 | map->count = 0;
|
|---|
| 4037 | suggested_lma = 0;
|
|---|
| 4038 |
|
|---|
| 4039 | /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
|
|---|
| 4040 | for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
|
|---|
| 4041 | {
|
|---|
| 4042 | section = sections[j];
|
|---|
| 4043 |
|
|---|
| 4044 | if (section == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4045 | continue;
|
|---|
| 4046 |
|
|---|
| 4047 | output_section = section->output_section;
|
|---|
| 4048 |
|
|---|
| 4049 | BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
|
|---|
| 4050 |
|
|---|
| 4051 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
|
|---|
| 4052 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
|
|---|
| 4053 | {
|
|---|
| 4054 | if (map->count == 0)
|
|---|
| 4055 | {
|
|---|
| 4056 | /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
|
|---|
| 4057 | the beginning of the segment, then something is
|
|---|
| 4058 | wrong. */
|
|---|
| 4059 | if (output_section->lma !=
|
|---|
| 4060 | (map->p_paddr
|
|---|
| 4061 | + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
|
|---|
| 4062 | + (map->includes_phdrs
|
|---|
| 4063 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
|
|---|
| 4064 | : 0)))
|
|---|
| 4065 | abort ();
|
|---|
| 4066 | }
|
|---|
| 4067 | else
|
|---|
| 4068 | {
|
|---|
| 4069 | asection * prev_sec;
|
|---|
| 4070 |
|
|---|
| 4071 | prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
|
|---|
| 4072 |
|
|---|
| 4073 | /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
|
|---|
| 4074 | and the start of this section is more than
|
|---|
| 4075 | maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
|
|---|
| 4076 | if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size, maxpagesize)
|
|---|
| 4077 | < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
|
|---|
| 4078 | || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) > output_section->lma))
|
|---|
| 4079 | {
|
|---|
| 4080 | if (suggested_lma == 0)
|
|---|
| 4081 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
|
|---|
| 4082 |
|
|---|
| 4083 | continue;
|
|---|
| 4084 | }
|
|---|
| 4085 | }
|
|---|
| 4086 |
|
|---|
| 4087 | map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
|
|---|
| 4088 | ++isec;
|
|---|
| 4089 | sections[j] = NULL;
|
|---|
| 4090 | section->segment_mark = true;
|
|---|
| 4091 | }
|
|---|
| 4092 | else if (suggested_lma == 0)
|
|---|
| 4093 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
|
|---|
| 4094 | }
|
|---|
| 4095 |
|
|---|
| 4096 | BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
|
|---|
| 4097 |
|
|---|
| 4098 | /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
|
|---|
| 4099 | *pointer_to_map = map;
|
|---|
| 4100 | pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
|---|
| 4101 |
|
|---|
| 4102 | if (isec < section_count)
|
|---|
| 4103 | {
|
|---|
| 4104 | /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
|
|---|
| 4105 | segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
|
|---|
| 4106 | and carry on looping. */
|
|---|
| 4107 | map = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
|
|---|
| 4108 | bfd_alloc (obfd,
|
|---|
| 4109 | (sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)
|
|---|
| 4110 | + ((size_t) section_count - 1)
|
|---|
| 4111 | * sizeof (asection *))));
|
|---|
| 4112 | if (map == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4113 | return false;
|
|---|
| 4114 |
|
|---|
| 4115 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
|
|---|
| 4116 | physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
|
|---|
| 4117 | not yet been assigned. */
|
|---|
| 4118 | map->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 4119 | map->p_type = segment->p_type;
|
|---|
| 4120 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
|
|---|
| 4121 | map->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|---|
| 4122 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
|
|---|
| 4123 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
|
|---|
| 4124 | map->includes_filehdr = 0;
|
|---|
| 4125 | map->includes_phdrs = 0;
|
|---|
| 4126 | }
|
|---|
| 4127 | }
|
|---|
| 4128 | while (isec < section_count);
|
|---|
| 4129 |
|
|---|
| 4130 | free (sections);
|
|---|
| 4131 | }
|
|---|
| 4132 |
|
|---|
| 4133 | /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
|
|---|
| 4134 | p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
|
|---|
| 4135 | file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
|
|---|
| 4136 | reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
|
|---|
| 4137 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
|
|---|
| 4138 | if (map->p_paddr != 0)
|
|---|
| 4139 | break;
|
|---|
| 4140 | if (map == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4141 | {
|
|---|
| 4142 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
|
|---|
| 4143 | map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
|
|---|
| 4144 | }
|
|---|
| 4145 |
|
|---|
| 4146 | elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
|
|---|
| 4147 |
|
|---|
| 4148 | /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
|
|---|
| 4149 | going to be needed, then check our estimate know and adjust
|
|---|
| 4150 | the offset if necessary. */
|
|---|
| 4151 | if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
|
|---|
| 4152 | {
|
|---|
| 4153 | unsigned int count;
|
|---|
| 4154 |
|
|---|
| 4155 | for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
|
|---|
| 4156 | count++;
|
|---|
| 4157 |
|
|---|
| 4158 | if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
|
|---|
| 4159 | phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
|
|---|
| 4160 | -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
|
|---|
| 4161 | }
|
|---|
| 4162 |
|
|---|
| 4163 | #if 0
|
|---|
| 4164 | /* Final Step: Sort the segments into ascending order of physical
|
|---|
| 4165 | address. */
|
|---|
| 4166 | if (map_first != NULL)
|
|---|
| 4167 | {
|
|---|
| 4168 | struct elf_segment_map *prev;
|
|---|
| 4169 |
|
|---|
| 4170 | prev = map_first;
|
|---|
| 4171 | for (map = map_first->next; map != NULL; prev = map, map = map->next)
|
|---|
| 4172 | {
|
|---|
| 4173 | /* Yes I know - its a bubble sort.... */
|
|---|
| 4174 | if (map->next != NULL && (map->next->p_paddr < map->p_paddr))
|
|---|
| 4175 | {
|
|---|
| 4176 | /* Swap map and map->next. */
|
|---|
| 4177 | prev->next = map->next;
|
|---|
| 4178 | map->next = map->next->next;
|
|---|
| 4179 | prev->next->next = map;
|
|---|
| 4180 |
|
|---|
| 4181 | /* Restart loop. */
|
|---|
| 4182 | map = map_first;
|
|---|
| 4183 | }
|
|---|
| 4184 | }
|
|---|
| 4185 | }
|
|---|
| 4186 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4187 |
|
|---|
| 4188 | #undef SEGMENT_END
|
|---|
| 4189 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
|
|---|
| 4190 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
|
|---|
| 4191 | #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
|
|---|
| 4192 | #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
|
|---|
| 4193 | #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
|
|---|
| 4194 | #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
|
|---|
| 4195 | #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
|
|---|
| 4196 | return true;
|
|---|
| 4197 | }
|
|---|
| 4198 |
|
|---|
| 4199 | /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
|
|---|
| 4200 | field, and sometimes the info field. */
|
|---|
| 4201 |
|
|---|
| 4202 | boolean
|
|---|
| 4203 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec)
|
|---|
| 4204 | bfd *ibfd;
|
|---|
| 4205 | asection *isec;
|
|---|
| 4206 | bfd *obfd;
|
|---|
| 4207 | asection *osec;
|
|---|
| 4208 | {
|
|---|
| 4209 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
|
|---|
| 4210 |
|
|---|
| 4211 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 4212 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|---|
| 4213 | return true;
|
|---|
| 4214 |
|
|---|
| 4215 | /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
|
|---|
| 4216 | This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
|
|---|
| 4217 | entry point, because the latter is called after the section
|
|---|
| 4218 | contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
|
|---|
| 4219 | already been worked out. */
|
|---|
| 4220 | if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL
|
|---|
| 4221 | && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
|
|---|
| 4222 | {
|
|---|
| 4223 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 4224 |
|
|---|
| 4225 | /* Only set up the segments if there are no more SEC_ALLOC
|
|---|
| 4226 | sections. FIXME: This won't do the right thing if objcopy is
|
|---|
| 4227 | used to remove the last SEC_ALLOC section, since objcopy
|
|---|
| 4228 | won't call this routine in that case. */
|
|---|
| 4229 | for (s = isec->next; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|---|
| 4230 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 4231 | break;
|
|---|
| 4232 | if (s == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4233 | {
|
|---|
| 4234 | if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
|
|---|
| 4235 | return false;
|
|---|
| 4236 | }
|
|---|
| 4237 | }
|
|---|
| 4238 |
|
|---|
| 4239 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
|
|---|
| 4240 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
|
|---|
| 4241 |
|
|---|
| 4242 | ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
|
|---|
| 4243 |
|
|---|
| 4244 | if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
|---|
| 4245 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
|
|---|
| 4246 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
|
|---|
| 4247 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
|
|---|
| 4248 | ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
|
|---|
| 4249 |
|
|---|
| 4250 | elf_section_data (osec)->use_rela_p
|
|---|
| 4251 | = elf_section_data (isec)->use_rela_p;
|
|---|
| 4252 |
|
|---|
| 4253 | return true;
|
|---|
| 4254 | }
|
|---|
| 4255 |
|
|---|
| 4256 | /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
|
|---|
| 4257 | which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
|
|---|
| 4258 | index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
|
|---|
| 4259 | section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
|
|---|
| 4260 | swap_out_syms function. */
|
|---|
| 4261 |
|
|---|
| 4262 | #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
|
|---|
| 4263 | #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
|
|---|
| 4264 | #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 3)
|
|---|
| 4265 | #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 4)
|
|---|
| 4266 |
|
|---|
| 4267 | boolean
|
|---|
| 4268 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (ibfd, isymarg, obfd, osymarg)
|
|---|
| 4269 | bfd *ibfd;
|
|---|
| 4270 | asymbol *isymarg;
|
|---|
| 4271 | bfd *obfd;
|
|---|
| 4272 | asymbol *osymarg;
|
|---|
| 4273 | {
|
|---|
| 4274 | elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
|
|---|
| 4275 |
|
|---|
| 4276 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 4277 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|---|
| 4278 | return true;
|
|---|
| 4279 |
|
|---|
| 4280 | isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
|
|---|
| 4281 | osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
|
|---|
| 4282 |
|
|---|
| 4283 | if (isym != NULL
|
|---|
| 4284 | && osym != NULL
|
|---|
| 4285 | && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
|
|---|
| 4286 | {
|
|---|
| 4287 | unsigned int shndx;
|
|---|
| 4288 |
|
|---|
| 4289 | shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
|
|---|
| 4290 | if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
|
|---|
| 4291 | shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
|
|---|
| 4292 | else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
|
|---|
| 4293 | shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
|
|---|
| 4294 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
|
|---|
| 4295 | shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
|
|---|
| 4296 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
|
|---|
| 4297 | shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
|
|---|
| 4298 | osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
|
|---|
| 4299 | }
|
|---|
| 4300 |
|
|---|
| 4301 | return true;
|
|---|
| 4302 | }
|
|---|
| 4303 |
|
|---|
| 4304 | /* Swap out the symbols. */
|
|---|
| 4305 |
|
|---|
| 4306 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 4307 | swap_out_syms (abfd, sttp, relocatable_p)
|
|---|
| 4308 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4309 | struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp;
|
|---|
| 4310 | int relocatable_p;
|
|---|
| 4311 | {
|
|---|
| 4312 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4313 |
|
|---|
| 4314 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
|
|---|
| 4315 | return false;
|
|---|
| 4316 |
|
|---|
| 4317 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */
|
|---|
| 4318 | {
|
|---|
| 4319 | int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4320 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4321 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
|
|---|
| 4322 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 4323 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 4324 | char *outbound_syms;
|
|---|
| 4325 | int idx;
|
|---|
| 4326 |
|
|---|
| 4327 | stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
|
|---|
| 4328 | if (stt == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4329 | return false;
|
|---|
| 4330 |
|
|---|
| 4331 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 4332 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
|
|---|
| 4333 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|---|
| 4334 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
|
|---|
| 4335 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
|
|---|
| 4336 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align;
|
|---|
| 4337 |
|
|---|
| 4338 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 4339 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|---|
| 4340 |
|
|---|
| 4341 | outbound_syms = bfd_alloc (abfd,
|
|---|
| 4342 | (1 + symcount) * bed->s->sizeof_sym);
|
|---|
| 4343 | if (outbound_syms == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4344 | return false;
|
|---|
| 4345 | symtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) outbound_syms;
|
|---|
| 4346 |
|
|---|
| 4347 | /* now generate the data (for "contents") */
|
|---|
| 4348 | {
|
|---|
| 4349 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
|
|---|
| 4350 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
|
|---|
| 4351 | sym.st_name = 0;
|
|---|
| 4352 | sym.st_value = 0;
|
|---|
| 4353 | sym.st_size = 0;
|
|---|
| 4354 | sym.st_info = 0;
|
|---|
| 4355 | sym.st_other = 0;
|
|---|
| 4356 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
|---|
| 4357 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, (PTR) outbound_syms);
|
|---|
| 4358 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|---|
| 4359 | }
|
|---|
| 4360 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
|---|
| 4361 | {
|
|---|
| 4362 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
|
|---|
| 4363 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
|
|---|
| 4364 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
|
|---|
| 4365 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
|
|---|
| 4366 | int type;
|
|---|
| 4367 |
|
|---|
| 4368 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
|
|---|
| 4369 | {
|
|---|
| 4370 | /* Section symbols have no name. */
|
|---|
| 4371 | sym.st_name = 0;
|
|---|
| 4372 | }
|
|---|
| 4373 | else
|
|---|
| 4374 | {
|
|---|
| 4375 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
|
|---|
| 4376 | syms[idx]->name,
|
|---|
| 4377 | true, false);
|
|---|
| 4378 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
|
|---|
| 4379 | return false;
|
|---|
| 4380 | }
|
|---|
| 4381 |
|
|---|
| 4382 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
|
|---|
| 4383 |
|
|---|
| 4384 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
|
|---|
| 4385 | && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
|---|
| 4386 | {
|
|---|
| 4387 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
|
|---|
| 4388 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
|
|---|
| 4389 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
|
|---|
| 4390 | sym.st_size = value;
|
|---|
| 4391 | if (type_ptr == NULL
|
|---|
| 4392 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
|
|---|
| 4393 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
|
|---|
| 4394 | else
|
|---|
| 4395 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
|
|---|
| 4396 | sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
|
|---|
| 4397 | (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
|
|---|
| 4398 | }
|
|---|
| 4399 | else
|
|---|
| 4400 | {
|
|---|
| 4401 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
|
|---|
| 4402 | int shndx;
|
|---|
| 4403 |
|
|---|
| 4404 | if (sec->output_section)
|
|---|
| 4405 | {
|
|---|
| 4406 | value += sec->output_offset;
|
|---|
| 4407 | sec = sec->output_section;
|
|---|
| 4408 | }
|
|---|
| 4409 | /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
|
|---|
| 4410 | if (! relocatable_p)
|
|---|
| 4411 | value += sec->vma;
|
|---|
| 4412 | sym.st_value = value;
|
|---|
| 4413 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
|
|---|
| 4414 |
|
|---|
| 4415 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
|
|---|
| 4416 | && type_ptr != NULL
|
|---|
| 4417 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
|
|---|
| 4418 | {
|
|---|
| 4419 | /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
|
|---|
| 4420 | not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
|
|---|
| 4421 | by copy_private_symbol_data. */
|
|---|
| 4422 | shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
|
|---|
| 4423 | switch (shndx)
|
|---|
| 4424 | {
|
|---|
| 4425 | case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
|
|---|
| 4426 | shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4427 | break;
|
|---|
| 4428 | case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
|
|---|
| 4429 | shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4430 | break;
|
|---|
| 4431 | case MAP_STRTAB:
|
|---|
| 4432 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
|
|---|
| 4433 | break;
|
|---|
| 4434 | case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
|
|---|
| 4435 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
|
|---|
| 4436 | break;
|
|---|
| 4437 | default:
|
|---|
| 4438 | break;
|
|---|
| 4439 | }
|
|---|
| 4440 | }
|
|---|
| 4441 | else
|
|---|
| 4442 | {
|
|---|
| 4443 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
|
|---|
| 4444 |
|
|---|
| 4445 | if (shndx == -1)
|
|---|
| 4446 | {
|
|---|
| 4447 | asection *sec2;
|
|---|
| 4448 |
|
|---|
| 4449 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
|
|---|
| 4450 | we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
|
|---|
| 4451 | knew what to expect of the library, and what to
|
|---|
| 4452 | demand of applications. For example, it
|
|---|
| 4453 | appears that `objcopy' might not set the
|
|---|
| 4454 | section of a symbol to be a section that is
|
|---|
| 4455 | actually in the output file. */
|
|---|
| 4456 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
|
|---|
| 4457 | BFD_ASSERT (sec2 != 0);
|
|---|
| 4458 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
|
|---|
| 4459 | BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
|
|---|
| 4460 | }
|
|---|
| 4461 | }
|
|---|
| 4462 |
|
|---|
| 4463 | sym.st_shndx = shndx;
|
|---|
| 4464 | }
|
|---|
| 4465 |
|
|---|
| 4466 | if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
|
|---|
| 4467 | type = STT_FUNC;
|
|---|
| 4468 | else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
|
|---|
| 4469 | type = STT_OBJECT;
|
|---|
| 4470 | else
|
|---|
| 4471 | type = STT_NOTYPE;
|
|---|
| 4472 |
|
|---|
| 4473 | /* Processor-specific types */
|
|---|
| 4474 | if (type_ptr != NULL
|
|---|
| 4475 | && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
|
|---|
| 4476 | type = (*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type);
|
|---|
| 4477 |
|
|---|
| 4478 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
|---|
| 4479 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
|
|---|
| 4480 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
|---|
| 4481 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
|
|---|
| 4482 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
|---|
| 4483 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
|
|---|
| 4484 | ? STB_WEAK
|
|---|
| 4485 | : STB_GLOBAL),
|
|---|
| 4486 | type);
|
|---|
| 4487 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
|
|---|
| 4488 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
|
|---|
| 4489 | else
|
|---|
| 4490 | {
|
|---|
| 4491 | int bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
|---|
| 4492 |
|
|---|
| 4493 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
|
|---|
| 4494 | bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
|---|
| 4495 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
|
|---|
| 4496 | bind = STB_WEAK;
|
|---|
| 4497 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
|
|---|
| 4498 | bind = STB_GLOBAL;
|
|---|
| 4499 |
|
|---|
| 4500 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
|
|---|
| 4501 | }
|
|---|
| 4502 |
|
|---|
| 4503 | if (type_ptr != NULL)
|
|---|
| 4504 | sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
|
|---|
| 4505 | else
|
|---|
| 4506 | sym.st_other = 0;
|
|---|
| 4507 |
|
|---|
| 4508 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, (PTR) outbound_syms);
|
|---|
| 4509 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|---|
| 4510 | }
|
|---|
| 4511 |
|
|---|
| 4512 | *sttp = stt;
|
|---|
| 4513 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
|
|---|
| 4514 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|---|
| 4515 |
|
|---|
| 4516 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
|---|
| 4517 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|---|
| 4518 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|---|
| 4519 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
|---|
| 4520 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
|
|---|
| 4521 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
|
|---|
| 4522 | }
|
|---|
| 4523 |
|
|---|
| 4524 | return true;
|
|---|
| 4525 | }
|
|---|
| 4526 |
|
|---|
| 4527 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
|
|---|
| 4528 |
|
|---|
| 4529 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
|
|---|
| 4530 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
|
|---|
| 4531 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
|
|---|
| 4532 |
|
|---|
| 4533 | long
|
|---|
| 4534 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
|
|---|
| 4535 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4536 | {
|
|---|
| 4537 | long symcount;
|
|---|
| 4538 | long symtab_size;
|
|---|
| 4539 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 4540 |
|
|---|
| 4541 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|---|
| 4542 | symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
|
|---|
| 4543 |
|
|---|
| 4544 | return symtab_size;
|
|---|
| 4545 | }
|
|---|
| 4546 |
|
|---|
| 4547 | long
|
|---|
| 4548 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
|
|---|
| 4549 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4550 | {
|
|---|
| 4551 | long symcount;
|
|---|
| 4552 | long symtab_size;
|
|---|
| 4553 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 4554 |
|
|---|
| 4555 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
|---|
| 4556 | {
|
|---|
| 4557 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
|---|
| 4558 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 4559 | }
|
|---|
| 4560 |
|
|---|
| 4561 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|---|
| 4562 | symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
|
|---|
| 4563 |
|
|---|
| 4564 | return symtab_size;
|
|---|
| 4565 | }
|
|---|
| 4566 |
|
|---|
| 4567 | long
|
|---|
| 4568 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect)
|
|---|
| 4569 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 4570 | sec_ptr asect;
|
|---|
| 4571 | {
|
|---|
| 4572 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
|
|---|
| 4573 | }
|
|---|
| 4574 |
|
|---|
| 4575 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
|
|---|
| 4576 |
|
|---|
| 4577 | long
|
|---|
| 4578 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols)
|
|---|
| 4579 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4580 | sec_ptr section;
|
|---|
| 4581 | arelent **relptr;
|
|---|
| 4582 | asymbol **symbols;
|
|---|
| 4583 | {
|
|---|
| 4584 | arelent *tblptr;
|
|---|
| 4585 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 4586 |
|
|---|
| 4587 | if (! get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd,
|
|---|
| 4588 | section,
|
|---|
| 4589 | symbols,
|
|---|
| 4590 | false))
|
|---|
| 4591 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 4592 |
|
|---|
| 4593 | tblptr = section->relocation;
|
|---|
| 4594 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
|
|---|
| 4595 | *relptr++ = tblptr++;
|
|---|
| 4596 |
|
|---|
| 4597 | *relptr = NULL;
|
|---|
| 4598 |
|
|---|
| 4599 | return section->reloc_count;
|
|---|
| 4600 | }
|
|---|
| 4601 |
|
|---|
| 4602 | long
|
|---|
| 4603 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab (abfd, alocation)
|
|---|
| 4604 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4605 | asymbol **alocation;
|
|---|
| 4606 | {
|
|---|
| 4607 | long symcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_symbol_table
|
|---|
| 4608 | (abfd, alocation, false);
|
|---|
| 4609 |
|
|---|
| 4610 | if (symcount >= 0)
|
|---|
| 4611 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
|
|---|
| 4612 | return symcount;
|
|---|
| 4613 | }
|
|---|
| 4614 |
|
|---|
| 4615 | long
|
|---|
| 4616 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (abfd, alocation)
|
|---|
| 4617 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4618 | asymbol **alocation;
|
|---|
| 4619 | {
|
|---|
| 4620 | return get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_symbol_table
|
|---|
| 4621 | (abfd, alocation, true);
|
|---|
| 4622 | }
|
|---|
| 4623 |
|
|---|
| 4624 | /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any
|
|---|
| 4625 | section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type
|
|---|
| 4626 | SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is
|
|---|
| 4627 | considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
|
|---|
| 4628 |
|
|---|
| 4629 | long
|
|---|
| 4630 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (abfd)
|
|---|
| 4631 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4632 | {
|
|---|
| 4633 | long ret;
|
|---|
| 4634 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 4635 |
|
|---|
| 4636 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
|---|
| 4637 | {
|
|---|
| 4638 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
|---|
| 4639 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 4640 | }
|
|---|
| 4641 |
|
|---|
| 4642 | ret = sizeof (arelent *);
|
|---|
| 4643 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|---|
| 4644 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
|
|---|
| 4645 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
|
|---|
| 4646 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
|
|---|
| 4647 | ret += ((s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
|
|---|
| 4648 | * sizeof (arelent *));
|
|---|
| 4649 |
|
|---|
| 4650 | return ret;
|
|---|
| 4651 | }
|
|---|
| 4652 |
|
|---|
| 4653 | /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return
|
|---|
| 4654 | the dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are
|
|---|
| 4655 | actually associated with particular sections; the interface, which
|
|---|
| 4656 | was designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there
|
|---|
| 4657 | is only one set of dynamic relocs. Any section that was actually
|
|---|
| 4658 | installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses
|
|---|
| 4659 | the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc
|
|---|
| 4660 | section. */
|
|---|
| 4661 |
|
|---|
| 4662 | long
|
|---|
| 4663 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (abfd, storage, syms)
|
|---|
| 4664 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4665 | arelent **storage;
|
|---|
| 4666 | asymbol **syms;
|
|---|
| 4667 | {
|
|---|
| 4668 | boolean (*slurp_relocs) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, boolean));
|
|---|
| 4669 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 4670 | long ret;
|
|---|
| 4671 |
|
|---|
| 4672 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
|---|
| 4673 | {
|
|---|
| 4674 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
|---|
| 4675 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 4676 | }
|
|---|
| 4677 |
|
|---|
| 4678 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
|
|---|
| 4679 | ret = 0;
|
|---|
| 4680 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|---|
| 4681 | {
|
|---|
| 4682 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
|
|---|
| 4683 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
|
|---|
| 4684 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
|
|---|
| 4685 | {
|
|---|
| 4686 | arelent *p;
|
|---|
| 4687 | long count, i;
|
|---|
| 4688 |
|
|---|
| 4689 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, true))
|
|---|
| 4690 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 4691 | count = s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
|
|---|
| 4692 | p = s->relocation;
|
|---|
| 4693 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
|
|---|
| 4694 | *storage++ = p++;
|
|---|
| 4695 | ret += count;
|
|---|
| 4696 | }
|
|---|
| 4697 | }
|
|---|
| 4698 |
|
|---|
| 4699 | *storage = NULL;
|
|---|
| 4700 |
|
|---|
| 4701 | return ret;
|
|---|
| 4702 | }
|
|---|
| 4703 | |
|---|
| 4704 |
|
|---|
| 4705 | /* Read in the version information. */
|
|---|
| 4706 |
|
|---|
| 4707 | boolean
|
|---|
| 4708 | _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd)
|
|---|
| 4709 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4710 | {
|
|---|
| 4711 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
|
|---|
| 4712 |
|
|---|
| 4713 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
|
|---|
| 4714 | {
|
|---|
| 4715 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 4716 | Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
|
|---|
| 4717 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
|
|---|
| 4718 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
|
|---|
| 4719 | Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
|
|---|
| 4720 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 4721 | unsigned int maxidx;
|
|---|
| 4722 |
|
|---|
| 4723 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
|
|---|
| 4724 |
|
|---|
| 4725 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
|
|---|
| 4726 | if (contents == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4727 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 4728 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 4729 | || bfd_read ((PTR) contents, 1, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
|
|---|
| 4730 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 4731 |
|
|---|
| 4732 | /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
|
|---|
| 4733 | index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
|
|---|
| 4734 | the maximum. */
|
|---|
| 4735 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
|
|---|
| 4736 | maxidx = 0;
|
|---|
| 4737 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
|
|---|
| 4738 | {
|
|---|
| 4739 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
|
|---|
| 4740 |
|
|---|
| 4741 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
|
|---|
| 4742 | maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
|
|---|
| 4743 |
|
|---|
| 4744 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
|
|---|
| 4745 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
|
|---|
| 4746 | }
|
|---|
| 4747 |
|
|---|
| 4748 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef =
|
|---|
| 4749 | ((Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
|
|---|
| 4750 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, maxidx * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)));
|
|---|
| 4751 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4752 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 4753 |
|
|---|
| 4754 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
|
|---|
| 4755 |
|
|---|
| 4756 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
|
|---|
| 4757 | iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
|
|---|
| 4758 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
|
|---|
| 4759 | {
|
|---|
| 4760 | Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
|
|---|
| 4761 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
|
|---|
| 4762 | unsigned int j;
|
|---|
| 4763 |
|
|---|
| 4764 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
|
|---|
| 4765 |
|
|---|
| 4766 | iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
|
|---|
| 4767 | memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
|
|---|
| 4768 |
|
|---|
| 4769 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
|
|---|
| 4770 |
|
|---|
| 4771 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = ((Elf_Internal_Verdaux *)
|
|---|
| 4772 | bfd_alloc (abfd,
|
|---|
| 4773 | (iverdef->vd_cnt
|
|---|
| 4774 | * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux))));
|
|---|
| 4775 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4776 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 4777 |
|
|---|
| 4778 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
|
|---|
| 4779 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
|
|---|
| 4780 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
|
|---|
| 4781 | for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
|
|---|
| 4782 | {
|
|---|
| 4783 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
|
|---|
| 4784 |
|
|---|
| 4785 | iverdaux->vda_nodename =
|
|---|
| 4786 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
|---|
| 4787 | iverdaux->vda_name);
|
|---|
| 4788 | if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4789 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 4790 |
|
|---|
| 4791 | if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
|
|---|
| 4792 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
|
|---|
| 4793 | else
|
|---|
| 4794 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
|
|---|
| 4795 |
|
|---|
| 4796 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
|
|---|
| 4797 | ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
|
|---|
| 4798 | }
|
|---|
| 4799 |
|
|---|
| 4800 | iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
|
|---|
| 4801 |
|
|---|
| 4802 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
|
|---|
| 4803 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
|
|---|
| 4804 | else
|
|---|
| 4805 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
|
|---|
| 4806 |
|
|---|
| 4807 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
|
|---|
| 4808 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
|
|---|
| 4809 | }
|
|---|
| 4810 |
|
|---|
| 4811 | free (contents);
|
|---|
| 4812 | contents = NULL;
|
|---|
| 4813 | }
|
|---|
| 4814 |
|
|---|
| 4815 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
|
|---|
| 4816 | {
|
|---|
| 4817 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 4818 | Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
|
|---|
| 4819 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
|
|---|
| 4820 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 4821 |
|
|---|
| 4822 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
|
|---|
| 4823 |
|
|---|
| 4824 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref =
|
|---|
| 4825 | ((Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
|
|---|
| 4826 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed)));
|
|---|
| 4827 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4828 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 4829 |
|
|---|
| 4830 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
|
|---|
| 4831 |
|
|---|
| 4832 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
|
|---|
| 4833 | if (contents == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4834 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 4835 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 4836 | || bfd_read ((PTR) contents, 1, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
|
|---|
| 4837 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 4838 |
|
|---|
| 4839 | everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
|
|---|
| 4840 | iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
|
|---|
| 4841 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
|
|---|
| 4842 | {
|
|---|
| 4843 | Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
|
|---|
| 4844 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
|
|---|
| 4845 | unsigned int j;
|
|---|
| 4846 |
|
|---|
| 4847 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
|
|---|
| 4848 |
|
|---|
| 4849 | iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
|
|---|
| 4850 |
|
|---|
| 4851 | iverneed->vn_filename =
|
|---|
| 4852 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
|---|
| 4853 | iverneed->vn_file);
|
|---|
| 4854 | if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4855 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 4856 |
|
|---|
| 4857 | iverneed->vn_auxptr =
|
|---|
| 4858 | ((Elf_Internal_Vernaux *)
|
|---|
| 4859 | bfd_alloc (abfd,
|
|---|
| 4860 | iverneed->vn_cnt * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux)));
|
|---|
| 4861 |
|
|---|
| 4862 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
|
|---|
| 4863 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
|
|---|
| 4864 | ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
|
|---|
| 4865 | for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
|
|---|
| 4866 | {
|
|---|
| 4867 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
|
|---|
| 4868 |
|
|---|
| 4869 | ivernaux->vna_nodename =
|
|---|
| 4870 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
|---|
| 4871 | ivernaux->vna_name);
|
|---|
| 4872 | if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4873 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 4874 |
|
|---|
| 4875 | if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
|
|---|
| 4876 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
|
|---|
| 4877 | else
|
|---|
| 4878 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
|
|---|
| 4879 |
|
|---|
| 4880 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
|
|---|
| 4881 | ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
|
|---|
| 4882 | }
|
|---|
| 4883 |
|
|---|
| 4884 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
|
|---|
| 4885 | iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
|
|---|
| 4886 | else
|
|---|
| 4887 | iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
|
|---|
| 4888 |
|
|---|
| 4889 | everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
|
|---|
| 4890 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
|
|---|
| 4891 | }
|
|---|
| 4892 |
|
|---|
| 4893 | free (contents);
|
|---|
| 4894 | contents = NULL;
|
|---|
| 4895 | }
|
|---|
| 4896 |
|
|---|
| 4897 | return true;
|
|---|
| 4898 |
|
|---|
| 4899 | error_return:
|
|---|
| 4900 | if (contents == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4901 | free (contents);
|
|---|
| 4902 | return false;
|
|---|
| 4903 | }
|
|---|
| 4904 | |
|---|
| 4905 |
|
|---|
| 4906 | asymbol *
|
|---|
| 4907 | _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (abfd)
|
|---|
| 4908 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4909 | {
|
|---|
| 4910 | elf_symbol_type *newsym;
|
|---|
| 4911 |
|
|---|
| 4912 | newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (elf_symbol_type));
|
|---|
| 4913 | if (!newsym)
|
|---|
| 4914 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 4915 | else
|
|---|
| 4916 | {
|
|---|
| 4917 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
|
|---|
| 4918 | return &newsym->symbol;
|
|---|
| 4919 | }
|
|---|
| 4920 | }
|
|---|
| 4921 |
|
|---|
| 4922 | void
|
|---|
| 4923 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret)
|
|---|
| 4924 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 4925 | asymbol *symbol;
|
|---|
| 4926 | symbol_info *ret;
|
|---|
| 4927 | {
|
|---|
| 4928 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
|
|---|
| 4929 | }
|
|---|
| 4930 |
|
|---|
| 4931 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
|
|---|
| 4932 | use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
|
|---|
| 4933 | override it. */
|
|---|
| 4934 |
|
|---|
| 4935 | boolean
|
|---|
| 4936 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name)
|
|---|
| 4937 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 4938 | const char *name;
|
|---|
| 4939 | {
|
|---|
| 4940 | /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
|
|---|
| 4941 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
|
|---|
| 4942 | return true;
|
|---|
| 4943 |
|
|---|
| 4944 | /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
|
|---|
| 4945 | DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
|
|---|
| 4946 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
|
|---|
| 4947 | return true;
|
|---|
| 4948 |
|
|---|
| 4949 | /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
|
|---|
| 4950 | emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
|
|---|
| 4951 | small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
|
|---|
| 4952 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
|
|---|
| 4953 | underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
|
|---|
| 4954 | we treat such symbols as local. */
|
|---|
| 4955 | if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
|
|---|
| 4956 | return true;
|
|---|
| 4957 |
|
|---|
| 4958 | return false;
|
|---|
| 4959 | }
|
|---|
| 4960 |
|
|---|
| 4961 | alent *
|
|---|
| 4962 | _bfd_elf_get_lineno (ignore_abfd, symbol)
|
|---|
| 4963 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 4964 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 4965 | {
|
|---|
| 4966 | abort ();
|
|---|
| 4967 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 4968 | }
|
|---|
| 4969 |
|
|---|
| 4970 | boolean
|
|---|
| 4971 | _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine)
|
|---|
| 4972 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4973 | enum bfd_architecture arch;
|
|---|
| 4974 | unsigned long machine;
|
|---|
| 4975 | {
|
|---|
| 4976 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
|
|---|
| 4977 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */
|
|---|
| 4978 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
|
|---|
| 4979 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
|
|---|
| 4980 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
|
|---|
| 4981 | return false;
|
|---|
| 4982 |
|
|---|
| 4983 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
|
|---|
| 4984 | }
|
|---|
| 4985 |
|
|---|
| 4986 | /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
|
|---|
| 4987 | for error reporting. */
|
|---|
| 4988 |
|
|---|
| 4989 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 4990 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
|---|
| 4991 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)
|
|---|
| 4992 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 4993 | asection *section;
|
|---|
| 4994 | asymbol **symbols;
|
|---|
| 4995 | bfd_vma offset;
|
|---|
| 4996 | const char **filename_ptr;
|
|---|
| 4997 | const char **functionname_ptr;
|
|---|
| 4998 | {
|
|---|
| 4999 | const char *filename;
|
|---|
| 5000 | asymbol *func;
|
|---|
| 5001 | bfd_vma low_func;
|
|---|
| 5002 | asymbol **p;
|
|---|
| 5003 |
|
|---|
| 5004 | filename = NULL;
|
|---|
| 5005 | func = NULL;
|
|---|
| 5006 | low_func = 0;
|
|---|
| 5007 |
|
|---|
| 5008 | for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
|
|---|
| 5009 | {
|
|---|
| 5010 | elf_symbol_type *q;
|
|---|
| 5011 |
|
|---|
| 5012 | q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
|
|---|
| 5013 |
|
|---|
| 5014 | if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) != section)
|
|---|
| 5015 | continue;
|
|---|
| 5016 |
|
|---|
| 5017 | switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
|
|---|
| 5018 | {
|
|---|
| 5019 | default:
|
|---|
| 5020 | break;
|
|---|
| 5021 | case STT_FILE:
|
|---|
| 5022 | filename = bfd_asymbol_name (&q->symbol);
|
|---|
| 5023 | break;
|
|---|
| 5024 | case STT_NOTYPE:
|
|---|
| 5025 | case STT_FUNC:
|
|---|
| 5026 | if (q->symbol.section == section
|
|---|
| 5027 | && q->symbol.value >= low_func
|
|---|
| 5028 | && q->symbol.value <= offset)
|
|---|
| 5029 | {
|
|---|
| 5030 | func = (asymbol *) q;
|
|---|
| 5031 | low_func = q->symbol.value;
|
|---|
| 5032 | }
|
|---|
| 5033 | break;
|
|---|
| 5034 | }
|
|---|
| 5035 | }
|
|---|
| 5036 |
|
|---|
| 5037 | if (func == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5038 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5039 |
|
|---|
| 5040 | if (filename_ptr)
|
|---|
| 5041 | *filename_ptr = filename;
|
|---|
| 5042 | if (functionname_ptr)
|
|---|
| 5043 | *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
|
|---|
| 5044 |
|
|---|
| 5045 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5046 | }
|
|---|
| 5047 |
|
|---|
| 5048 | /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
|
|---|
| 5049 | for error reporting. */
|
|---|
| 5050 |
|
|---|
| 5051 | boolean
|
|---|
| 5052 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
|---|
| 5053 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr)
|
|---|
| 5054 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5055 | asection *section;
|
|---|
| 5056 | asymbol **symbols;
|
|---|
| 5057 | bfd_vma offset;
|
|---|
| 5058 | const char **filename_ptr;
|
|---|
| 5059 | const char **functionname_ptr;
|
|---|
| 5060 | unsigned int *line_ptr;
|
|---|
| 5061 | {
|
|---|
| 5062 | boolean found;
|
|---|
| 5063 |
|
|---|
| 5064 | if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
|---|
| 5065 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
|
|---|
| 5066 | line_ptr))
|
|---|
| 5067 | {
|
|---|
| 5068 | if (!*functionname_ptr)
|
|---|
| 5069 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
|---|
| 5070 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
|
|---|
| 5071 | functionname_ptr);
|
|---|
| 5072 |
|
|---|
| 5073 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5074 | }
|
|---|
| 5075 |
|
|---|
| 5076 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
|---|
| 5077 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
|
|---|
| 5078 | line_ptr, 0,
|
|---|
| 5079 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
|
|---|
| 5080 | {
|
|---|
| 5081 | if (!*functionname_ptr)
|
|---|
| 5082 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
|---|
| 5083 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
|
|---|
| 5084 | functionname_ptr);
|
|---|
| 5085 |
|
|---|
| 5086 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5087 | }
|
|---|
| 5088 |
|
|---|
| 5089 | if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
|
|---|
| 5090 | &found, filename_ptr,
|
|---|
| 5091 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
|
|---|
| 5092 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
|
|---|
| 5093 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5094 | if (found)
|
|---|
| 5095 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5096 |
|
|---|
| 5097 | if (symbols == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5098 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5099 |
|
|---|
| 5100 | if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
|---|
| 5101 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
|
|---|
| 5102 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5103 |
|
|---|
| 5104 | *line_ptr = 0;
|
|---|
| 5105 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5106 | }
|
|---|
| 5107 |
|
|---|
| 5108 | int
|
|---|
| 5109 | _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc)
|
|---|
| 5110 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5111 | boolean reloc;
|
|---|
| 5112 | {
|
|---|
| 5113 | int ret;
|
|---|
| 5114 |
|
|---|
| 5115 | ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 5116 | if (! reloc)
|
|---|
| 5117 | ret += get_program_header_size (abfd);
|
|---|
| 5118 | return ret;
|
|---|
| 5119 | }
|
|---|
| 5120 |
|
|---|
| 5121 | boolean
|
|---|
| 5122 | _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
|
|---|
| 5123 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5124 | sec_ptr section;
|
|---|
| 5125 | PTR location;
|
|---|
| 5126 | file_ptr offset;
|
|---|
| 5127 | bfd_size_type count;
|
|---|
| 5128 | {
|
|---|
| 5129 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 5130 |
|
|---|
| 5131 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun
|
|---|
| 5132 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions
|
|---|
| 5133 | (abfd, (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL))
|
|---|
| 5134 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5135 |
|
|---|
| 5136 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
|
|---|
| 5137 |
|
|---|
| 5138 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset + offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
|
|---|
| 5139 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5140 | if (bfd_write (location, 1, count, abfd) != count)
|
|---|
| 5141 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5142 |
|
|---|
| 5143 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5144 | }
|
|---|
| 5145 |
|
|---|
| 5146 | void
|
|---|
| 5147 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
|
|---|
| 5148 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5149 | arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5150 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5151 | {
|
|---|
| 5152 | abort ();
|
|---|
| 5153 | }
|
|---|
| 5154 |
|
|---|
| 5155 | #if 0
|
|---|
| 5156 | void
|
|---|
| 5157 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto_rel (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
|
|---|
| 5158 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5159 | arelent *cache_ptr;
|
|---|
| 5160 | Elf_Internal_Rel *dst;
|
|---|
| 5161 | {
|
|---|
| 5162 | abort ();
|
|---|
| 5163 | }
|
|---|
| 5164 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5165 |
|
|---|
| 5166 | /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
|
|---|
| 5167 |
|
|---|
| 5168 | boolean
|
|---|
| 5169 | _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd, areloc)
|
|---|
| 5170 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5171 | arelent *areloc;
|
|---|
| 5172 | {
|
|---|
| 5173 | /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
|
|---|
| 5174 |
|
|---|
| 5175 | if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
|
|---|
| 5176 | {
|
|---|
| 5177 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
|
|---|
| 5178 | reloc_howto_type *howto;
|
|---|
| 5179 |
|
|---|
| 5180 | /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
|
|---|
| 5181 | equivalent ELF reloc. */
|
|---|
| 5182 |
|
|---|
| 5183 | if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
|
|---|
| 5184 | {
|
|---|
| 5185 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
|
|---|
| 5186 | {
|
|---|
| 5187 | case 8:
|
|---|
| 5188 | code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
|
|---|
| 5189 | break;
|
|---|
| 5190 | case 12:
|
|---|
| 5191 | code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
|
|---|
| 5192 | break;
|
|---|
| 5193 | case 16:
|
|---|
| 5194 | code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
|
|---|
| 5195 | break;
|
|---|
| 5196 | case 24:
|
|---|
| 5197 | code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
|
|---|
| 5198 | break;
|
|---|
| 5199 | case 32:
|
|---|
| 5200 | code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
|
|---|
| 5201 | break;
|
|---|
| 5202 | case 64:
|
|---|
| 5203 | code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
|
|---|
| 5204 | break;
|
|---|
| 5205 | default:
|
|---|
| 5206 | goto fail;
|
|---|
| 5207 | }
|
|---|
| 5208 |
|
|---|
| 5209 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
|
|---|
| 5210 |
|
|---|
| 5211 | if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
|
|---|
| 5212 | {
|
|---|
| 5213 | if (howto->pcrel_offset)
|
|---|
| 5214 | areloc->addend += areloc->address;
|
|---|
| 5215 | else
|
|---|
| 5216 | areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
|
|---|
| 5217 | }
|
|---|
| 5218 | }
|
|---|
| 5219 | else
|
|---|
| 5220 | {
|
|---|
| 5221 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
|
|---|
| 5222 | {
|
|---|
| 5223 | case 8:
|
|---|
| 5224 | code = BFD_RELOC_8;
|
|---|
| 5225 | break;
|
|---|
| 5226 | case 14:
|
|---|
| 5227 | code = BFD_RELOC_14;
|
|---|
| 5228 | break;
|
|---|
| 5229 | case 16:
|
|---|
| 5230 | code = BFD_RELOC_16;
|
|---|
| 5231 | break;
|
|---|
| 5232 | case 26:
|
|---|
| 5233 | code = BFD_RELOC_26;
|
|---|
| 5234 | break;
|
|---|
| 5235 | case 32:
|
|---|
| 5236 | code = BFD_RELOC_32;
|
|---|
| 5237 | break;
|
|---|
| 5238 | case 64:
|
|---|
| 5239 | code = BFD_RELOC_64;
|
|---|
| 5240 | break;
|
|---|
| 5241 | default:
|
|---|
| 5242 | goto fail;
|
|---|
| 5243 | }
|
|---|
| 5244 |
|
|---|
| 5245 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
|
|---|
| 5246 | }
|
|---|
| 5247 |
|
|---|
| 5248 | if (howto)
|
|---|
| 5249 | areloc->howto = howto;
|
|---|
| 5250 | else
|
|---|
| 5251 | goto fail;
|
|---|
| 5252 | }
|
|---|
| 5253 |
|
|---|
| 5254 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5255 |
|
|---|
| 5256 | fail:
|
|---|
| 5257 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 5258 | (_("%s: unsupported relocation type %s"),
|
|---|
| 5259 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), areloc->howto->name);
|
|---|
| 5260 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|---|
| 5261 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5262 | }
|
|---|
| 5263 |
|
|---|
| 5264 | boolean
|
|---|
| 5265 | _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (abfd)
|
|---|
| 5266 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5267 | {
|
|---|
| 5268 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
|---|
| 5269 | {
|
|---|
| 5270 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
|
|---|
| 5271 | _bfd_stringtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
|---|
| 5272 | }
|
|---|
| 5273 |
|
|---|
| 5274 | return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
|
|---|
| 5275 | }
|
|---|
| 5276 |
|
|---|
| 5277 | /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
|
|---|
| 5278 | in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
|
|---|
| 5279 | range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
|
|---|
| 5280 | this reloc. */
|
|---|
| 5281 |
|
|---|
| 5282 | bfd_reloc_status_type
|
|---|
| 5283 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn (abfd, re, symbol, data, is, obfd, errmsg)
|
|---|
| 5284 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5285 | arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5286 | struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5287 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5288 | asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5289 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5290 | char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5291 | {
|
|---|
| 5292 | return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
|---|
| 5293 | }
|
|---|
| 5294 | |
|---|
| 5295 |
|
|---|
| 5296 | /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
|
|---|
| 5297 | toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
|
|---|
| 5298 | machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
|
|---|
| 5299 | out details about the corefile. */
|
|---|
| 5300 |
|
|---|
| 5301 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
|
|---|
| 5302 | # include <sys/procfs.h>
|
|---|
| 5303 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5304 |
|
|---|
| 5305 | /* Define offsetof for those systems which lack it. */
|
|---|
| 5306 |
|
|---|
| 5307 | #ifndef offsetof
|
|---|
| 5308 | # define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((unsigned long) &((TYPE *)0)->MEMBER)
|
|---|
| 5309 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5310 |
|
|---|
| 5311 | /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
|
|---|
| 5312 |
|
|---|
| 5313 | static int
|
|---|
| 5314 | elfcore_make_pid (abfd)
|
|---|
| 5315 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5316 | {
|
|---|
| 5317 | return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
|
|---|
| 5318 | + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
|
|---|
| 5319 | }
|
|---|
| 5320 |
|
|---|
| 5321 | /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
|
|---|
| 5322 | data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
|
|---|
| 5323 | reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
|
|---|
| 5324 | overwrite it. */
|
|---|
| 5325 |
|
|---|
| 5326 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 5327 | elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect)
|
|---|
| 5328 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5329 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 5330 | asection *sect;
|
|---|
| 5331 | {
|
|---|
| 5332 | asection *sect2;
|
|---|
| 5333 |
|
|---|
| 5334 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
|
|---|
| 5335 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5336 |
|
|---|
| 5337 | sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 5338 | if (sect2 == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5339 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5340 |
|
|---|
| 5341 | sect2->_raw_size = sect->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 5342 | sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
|
|---|
| 5343 | sect2->flags = sect->flags;
|
|---|
| 5344 | sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
|
|---|
| 5345 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5346 | }
|
|---|
| 5347 |
|
|---|
| 5348 | /* prstatus_t exists on:
|
|---|
| 5349 | solaris 2.5+
|
|---|
| 5350 | linux 2.[01] + glibc
|
|---|
| 5351 | unixware 4.2
|
|---|
| 5352 | */
|
|---|
| 5353 |
|
|---|
| 5354 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 5355 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 5356 | elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 5357 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5358 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 5359 | {
|
|---|
| 5360 | char buf[100];
|
|---|
| 5361 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 5362 | asection *sect;
|
|---|
| 5363 | int raw_size;
|
|---|
| 5364 | int offset;
|
|---|
| 5365 |
|
|---|
| 5366 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
|
|---|
| 5367 | {
|
|---|
| 5368 | prstatus_t prstat;
|
|---|
| 5369 |
|
|---|
| 5370 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
|
|---|
| 5371 | offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
|
|---|
| 5372 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
|
|---|
| 5373 |
|
|---|
| 5374 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
|
|---|
| 5375 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
|
|---|
| 5376 |
|
|---|
| 5377 | /* pr_who exists on:
|
|---|
| 5378 | solaris 2.5+
|
|---|
| 5379 | unixware 4.2
|
|---|
| 5380 | pr_who doesn't exist on:
|
|---|
| 5381 | linux 2.[01]
|
|---|
| 5382 | */
|
|---|
| 5383 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
|
|---|
| 5384 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
|
|---|
| 5385 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5386 | }
|
|---|
| 5387 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
|
|---|
| 5388 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
|
|---|
| 5389 | {
|
|---|
| 5390 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
|---|
| 5391 | prstatus32_t prstat;
|
|---|
| 5392 |
|
|---|
| 5393 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
|
|---|
| 5394 | offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
|
|---|
| 5395 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
|
|---|
| 5396 |
|
|---|
| 5397 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
|
|---|
| 5398 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
|
|---|
| 5399 |
|
|---|
| 5400 | /* pr_who exists on:
|
|---|
| 5401 | solaris 2.5+
|
|---|
| 5402 | unixware 4.2
|
|---|
| 5403 | pr_who doesn't exist on:
|
|---|
| 5404 | linux 2.[01]
|
|---|
| 5405 | */
|
|---|
| 5406 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
|
|---|
| 5407 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
|
|---|
| 5408 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5409 | }
|
|---|
| 5410 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
|
|---|
| 5411 | else
|
|---|
| 5412 | {
|
|---|
| 5413 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
|
|---|
| 5414 | note size (ie. data object type). */
|
|---|
| 5415 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5416 | }
|
|---|
| 5417 |
|
|---|
| 5418 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
|---|
| 5419 |
|
|---|
| 5420 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
|---|
| 5421 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
|
|---|
| 5422 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5423 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5424 | strcpy (name, buf);
|
|---|
| 5425 |
|
|---|
| 5426 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 5427 | if (sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5428 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5429 |
|
|---|
| 5430 | sect->_raw_size = raw_size;
|
|---|
| 5431 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offset;
|
|---|
| 5432 |
|
|---|
| 5433 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 5434 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|---|
| 5435 |
|
|---|
| 5436 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
|
|---|
| 5437 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5438 |
|
|---|
| 5439 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5440 | }
|
|---|
| 5441 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
|
|---|
| 5442 |
|
|---|
| 5443 | /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. This
|
|---|
| 5444 | actually creates up to two pseudosections:
|
|---|
| 5445 | - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
|
|---|
| 5446 | such a section already exists.
|
|---|
| 5447 | - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
|
|---|
| 5448 | PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
|
|---|
| 5449 | Both pseudosections have identical contents: the contents of NOTE. */
|
|---|
| 5450 |
|
|---|
| 5451 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 5452 | elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, name, note)
|
|---|
| 5453 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5454 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 5455 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 5456 | {
|
|---|
| 5457 | char buf[100];
|
|---|
| 5458 | char *threaded_name;
|
|---|
| 5459 | asection *sect;
|
|---|
| 5460 |
|
|---|
| 5461 | /* Build the section name. */
|
|---|
| 5462 |
|
|---|
| 5463 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
|---|
| 5464 | threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
|
|---|
| 5465 | if (threaded_name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5466 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5467 | strcpy (threaded_name, buf);
|
|---|
| 5468 |
|
|---|
| 5469 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, threaded_name);
|
|---|
| 5470 | if (sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5471 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5472 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz;
|
|---|
| 5473 | sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
|---|
| 5474 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 5475 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|---|
| 5476 |
|
|---|
| 5477 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect))
|
|---|
| 5478 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5479 |
|
|---|
| 5480 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5481 | }
|
|---|
| 5482 |
|
|---|
| 5483 | /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
|
|---|
| 5484 | but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
|
|---|
| 5485 | data structure apart. */
|
|---|
| 5486 |
|
|---|
| 5487 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 5488 | elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 5489 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5490 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 5491 | {
|
|---|
| 5492 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
|
|---|
| 5493 | }
|
|---|
| 5494 |
|
|---|
| 5495 | /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
|
|---|
| 5496 | type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
|
|---|
| 5497 | literally. */
|
|---|
| 5498 |
|
|---|
| 5499 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 5500 | elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 5501 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5502 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 5503 | {
|
|---|
| 5504 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
|
|---|
| 5505 | }
|
|---|
| 5506 |
|
|---|
| 5507 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
|
|---|
| 5508 | typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
|
|---|
| 5509 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
|
|---|
| 5510 | typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
|
|---|
| 5511 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5512 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5513 |
|
|---|
| 5514 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
|---|
| 5515 | typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
|
|---|
| 5516 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
|
|---|
| 5517 | typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
|
|---|
| 5518 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5519 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5520 |
|
|---|
| 5521 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
|---|
| 5522 |
|
|---|
| 5523 | /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
|
|---|
| 5524 | most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
|
|---|
| 5525 | the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
|
|---|
| 5526 |
|
|---|
| 5527 | static char*
|
|---|
| 5528 | elfcore_strndup (abfd, start, max)
|
|---|
| 5529 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5530 | char *start;
|
|---|
| 5531 | int max;
|
|---|
| 5532 | {
|
|---|
| 5533 | char *dup;
|
|---|
| 5534 | char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
|
|---|
| 5535 | int len;
|
|---|
| 5536 |
|
|---|
| 5537 | if (end == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5538 | len = max;
|
|---|
| 5539 | else
|
|---|
| 5540 | len = end - start;
|
|---|
| 5541 |
|
|---|
| 5542 | dup = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
|
|---|
| 5543 | if (dup == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5544 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 5545 |
|
|---|
| 5546 | memcpy (dup, start, len);
|
|---|
| 5547 | dup[len] = '\0';
|
|---|
| 5548 |
|
|---|
| 5549 | return dup;
|
|---|
| 5550 | }
|
|---|
| 5551 |
|
|---|
| 5552 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 5553 | elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 5554 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5555 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 5556 | {
|
|---|
| 5557 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
|
|---|
| 5558 | {
|
|---|
| 5559 | elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
|
|---|
| 5560 |
|
|---|
| 5561 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
|
|---|
| 5562 |
|
|---|
| 5563 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
|
|---|
| 5564 | = elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
|
|---|
| 5565 |
|
|---|
| 5566 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
|
|---|
| 5567 | = elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
|
|---|
| 5568 | }
|
|---|
| 5569 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
|
|---|
| 5570 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
|
|---|
| 5571 | {
|
|---|
| 5572 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
|---|
| 5573 | elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
|
|---|
| 5574 |
|
|---|
| 5575 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
|
|---|
| 5576 |
|
|---|
| 5577 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
|
|---|
| 5578 | = elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
|
|---|
| 5579 |
|
|---|
| 5580 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
|
|---|
| 5581 | = elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
|
|---|
| 5582 | }
|
|---|
| 5583 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5584 |
|
|---|
| 5585 | else
|
|---|
| 5586 | {
|
|---|
| 5587 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
|
|---|
| 5588 | note size (ie. data object type). */
|
|---|
| 5589 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5590 | }
|
|---|
| 5591 |
|
|---|
| 5592 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
|
|---|
| 5593 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
|
|---|
| 5594 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
|
|---|
| 5595 |
|
|---|
| 5596 | {
|
|---|
| 5597 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
|
|---|
| 5598 | int n = strlen (command);
|
|---|
| 5599 |
|
|---|
| 5600 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
|
|---|
| 5601 | command[n - 1] = '\0';
|
|---|
| 5602 | }
|
|---|
| 5603 |
|
|---|
| 5604 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5605 | }
|
|---|
| 5606 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
|
|---|
| 5607 |
|
|---|
| 5608 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 5609 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 5610 | elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 5611 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5612 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 5613 | {
|
|---|
| 5614 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
|
|---|
| 5615 | #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 5616 | || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
|
|---|
| 5617 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5618 | )
|
|---|
| 5619 | {
|
|---|
| 5620 | pstatus_t pstat;
|
|---|
| 5621 |
|
|---|
| 5622 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
|
|---|
| 5623 |
|
|---|
| 5624 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
|
|---|
| 5625 | }
|
|---|
| 5626 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
|
|---|
| 5627 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
|
|---|
| 5628 | {
|
|---|
| 5629 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
|---|
| 5630 | pstatus32_t pstat;
|
|---|
| 5631 |
|
|---|
| 5632 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
|
|---|
| 5633 |
|
|---|
| 5634 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
|
|---|
| 5635 | }
|
|---|
| 5636 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5637 | /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
|
|---|
| 5638 | lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
|
|---|
| 5639 | NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
|
|---|
| 5640 |
|
|---|
| 5641 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5642 | }
|
|---|
| 5643 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
|
|---|
| 5644 |
|
|---|
| 5645 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 5646 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 5647 | elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 5648 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5649 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 5650 | {
|
|---|
| 5651 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
|
|---|
| 5652 | char buf[100];
|
|---|
| 5653 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 5654 | asection *sect;
|
|---|
| 5655 |
|
|---|
| 5656 | if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
|
|---|
| 5657 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 5658 | && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
|
|---|
| 5659 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5660 | )
|
|---|
| 5661 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5662 |
|
|---|
| 5663 | memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
|
|---|
| 5664 |
|
|---|
| 5665 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
|
|---|
| 5666 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
|
|---|
| 5667 |
|
|---|
| 5668 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
|---|
| 5669 |
|
|---|
| 5670 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
|---|
| 5671 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
|
|---|
| 5672 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5673 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5674 | strcpy (name, buf);
|
|---|
| 5675 |
|
|---|
| 5676 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 5677 | if (sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5678 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5679 |
|
|---|
| 5680 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
|
|---|
| 5681 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
|
|---|
| 5682 | sect->filepos = note->descpos
|
|---|
| 5683 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
|
|---|
| 5684 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5685 |
|
|---|
| 5686 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
|
|---|
| 5687 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
|
|---|
| 5688 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
|
|---|
| 5689 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5690 |
|
|---|
| 5691 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 5692 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|---|
| 5693 |
|
|---|
| 5694 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
|
|---|
| 5695 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5696 |
|
|---|
| 5697 | /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
|
|---|
| 5698 |
|
|---|
| 5699 | sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
|---|
| 5700 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
|
|---|
| 5701 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5702 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5703 | strcpy (name, buf);
|
|---|
| 5704 |
|
|---|
| 5705 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 5706 | if (sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5707 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5708 |
|
|---|
| 5709 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
|
|---|
| 5710 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
|
|---|
| 5711 | sect->filepos = note->descpos
|
|---|
| 5712 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
|
|---|
| 5713 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5714 |
|
|---|
| 5715 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
|
|---|
| 5716 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
|
|---|
| 5717 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
|
|---|
| 5718 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5719 |
|
|---|
| 5720 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 5721 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|---|
| 5722 |
|
|---|
| 5723 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect))
|
|---|
| 5724 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5725 |
|
|---|
| 5726 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5727 | }
|
|---|
| 5728 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
|
|---|
| 5729 |
|
|---|
| 5730 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 5731 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 5732 | elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 5733 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5734 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 5735 | {
|
|---|
| 5736 | char buf[30];
|
|---|
| 5737 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 5738 | asection *sect;
|
|---|
| 5739 | win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
|
|---|
| 5740 |
|
|---|
| 5741 | if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
|
|---|
| 5742 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5743 |
|
|---|
| 5744 | memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, note->descsz);
|
|---|
| 5745 |
|
|---|
| 5746 | switch (pstatus.data_type)
|
|---|
| 5747 | {
|
|---|
| 5748 | case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
|
|---|
| 5749 | /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
|
|---|
| 5750 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
|
|---|
| 5751 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
|
|---|
| 5752 | break;
|
|---|
| 5753 |
|
|---|
| 5754 | case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
|
|---|
| 5755 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
|---|
| 5756 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
|
|---|
| 5757 |
|
|---|
| 5758 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
|
|---|
| 5759 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5760 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5761 |
|
|---|
| 5762 | strcpy (name, buf);
|
|---|
| 5763 |
|
|---|
| 5764 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 5765 | if (sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5766 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5767 |
|
|---|
| 5768 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
|
|---|
| 5769 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
|
|---|
| 5770 | data.thread_info.thread_context);
|
|---|
| 5771 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 5772 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|---|
| 5773 |
|
|---|
| 5774 | if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
|
|---|
| 5775 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
|
|---|
| 5776 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5777 | break;
|
|---|
| 5778 |
|
|---|
| 5779 | case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
|
|---|
| 5780 | /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
|
|---|
| 5781 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%08x", pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
|
|---|
| 5782 |
|
|---|
| 5783 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
|
|---|
| 5784 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5785 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5786 |
|
|---|
| 5787 | strcpy (name, buf);
|
|---|
| 5788 |
|
|---|
| 5789 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 5790 |
|
|---|
| 5791 | if (sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5792 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5793 |
|
|---|
| 5794 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz;
|
|---|
| 5795 | sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
|---|
| 5796 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 5797 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|---|
| 5798 | break;
|
|---|
| 5799 |
|
|---|
| 5800 | default:
|
|---|
| 5801 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5802 | }
|
|---|
| 5803 |
|
|---|
| 5804 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5805 | }
|
|---|
| 5806 | #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
|
|---|
| 5807 |
|
|---|
| 5808 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 5809 | elfcore_grok_note (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 5810 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5811 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 5812 | {
|
|---|
| 5813 | switch (note->type)
|
|---|
| 5814 | {
|
|---|
| 5815 | default:
|
|---|
| 5816 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5817 |
|
|---|
| 5818 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 5819 | case NT_PRSTATUS:
|
|---|
| 5820 | return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 5821 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5822 |
|
|---|
| 5823 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 5824 | case NT_PSTATUS:
|
|---|
| 5825 | return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 5826 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5827 |
|
|---|
| 5828 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 5829 | case NT_LWPSTATUS:
|
|---|
| 5830 | return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 5831 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5832 |
|
|---|
| 5833 | case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
|
|---|
| 5834 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 5835 |
|
|---|
| 5836 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 5837 | case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
|
|---|
| 5838 | return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 5839 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5840 |
|
|---|
| 5841 | case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
|
|---|
| 5842 | if (note->namesz == 5
|
|---|
| 5843 | && ! strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX"))
|
|---|
| 5844 | return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 5845 | else
|
|---|
| 5846 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5847 |
|
|---|
| 5848 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
|---|
| 5849 | case NT_PRPSINFO:
|
|---|
| 5850 | case NT_PSINFO:
|
|---|
| 5851 | return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 5852 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5853 | }
|
|---|
| 5854 | }
|
|---|
| 5855 |
|
|---|
| 5856 | static boolean
|
|---|
| 5857 | elfcore_read_notes (abfd, offset, size)
|
|---|
| 5858 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5859 | bfd_vma offset;
|
|---|
| 5860 | bfd_vma size;
|
|---|
| 5861 | {
|
|---|
| 5862 | char *buf;
|
|---|
| 5863 | char *p;
|
|---|
| 5864 |
|
|---|
| 5865 | if (size <= 0)
|
|---|
| 5866 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5867 |
|
|---|
| 5868 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
|
|---|
| 5869 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5870 |
|
|---|
| 5871 | buf = bfd_malloc ((size_t) size);
|
|---|
| 5872 | if (buf == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5873 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5874 |
|
|---|
| 5875 | if (bfd_read (buf, size, 1, abfd) != size)
|
|---|
| 5876 | {
|
|---|
| 5877 | error:
|
|---|
| 5878 | free (buf);
|
|---|
| 5879 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5880 | }
|
|---|
| 5881 |
|
|---|
| 5882 | p = buf;
|
|---|
| 5883 | while (p < buf + size)
|
|---|
| 5884 | {
|
|---|
| 5885 | /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
|
|---|
| 5886 | Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
|
|---|
| 5887 | Elf_Internal_Note in;
|
|---|
| 5888 |
|
|---|
| 5889 | in.type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) xnp->type);
|
|---|
| 5890 |
|
|---|
| 5891 | in.namesz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) xnp->namesz);
|
|---|
| 5892 | in.namedata = xnp->name;
|
|---|
| 5893 |
|
|---|
| 5894 | in.descsz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) xnp->descsz);
|
|---|
| 5895 | in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
|
|---|
| 5896 | in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
|
|---|
| 5897 |
|
|---|
| 5898 | if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
|
|---|
| 5899 | goto error;
|
|---|
| 5900 |
|
|---|
| 5901 | p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
|
|---|
| 5902 | }
|
|---|
| 5903 |
|
|---|
| 5904 | free (buf);
|
|---|
| 5905 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5906 | }
|
|---|
| 5907 |
|
|---|
| 5908 | /* FIXME: This function is now unnecessary. Callers can just call
|
|---|
| 5909 | bfd_section_from_phdr directly. */
|
|---|
| 5910 |
|
|---|
| 5911 | boolean
|
|---|
| 5912 | _bfd_elfcore_section_from_phdr (abfd, phdr, sec_num)
|
|---|
| 5913 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5914 | Elf_Internal_Phdr* phdr;
|
|---|
| 5915 | int sec_num;
|
|---|
| 5916 | {
|
|---|
| 5917 | if (! bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, phdr, sec_num))
|
|---|
| 5918 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5919 |
|
|---|
| 5920 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5921 | }
|
|---|
| 5922 | |
|---|
| 5923 |
|
|---|
| 5924 | /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
|
|---|
| 5925 |
|
|---|
| 5926 | /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
|
|---|
| 5927 | copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
|
|---|
| 5928 | occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
|
|---|
| 5929 |
|
|---|
| 5930 | long
|
|---|
| 5931 | bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (abfd)
|
|---|
| 5932 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5933 | {
|
|---|
| 5934 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|---|
| 5935 | {
|
|---|
| 5936 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
|
|---|
| 5937 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 5938 | }
|
|---|
| 5939 |
|
|---|
| 5940 | return (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum
|
|---|
| 5941 | * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
|
|---|
| 5942 | }
|
|---|
| 5943 |
|
|---|
| 5944 | /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
|
|---|
| 5945 | will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
|
|---|
| 5946 | defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
|
|---|
| 5947 | buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
|
|---|
| 5948 |
|
|---|
| 5949 | Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
|
|---|
| 5950 | error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
|
|---|
| 5951 |
|
|---|
| 5952 | int
|
|---|
| 5953 | bfd_get_elf_phdrs (abfd, phdrs)
|
|---|
| 5954 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5955 | void *phdrs;
|
|---|
| 5956 | {
|
|---|
| 5957 | int num_phdrs;
|
|---|
| 5958 |
|
|---|
| 5959 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|---|
| 5960 | {
|
|---|
| 5961 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
|
|---|
| 5962 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 5963 | }
|
|---|
| 5964 |
|
|---|
| 5965 | num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
|
|---|
| 5966 | memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
|
|---|
| 5967 | num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
|
|---|
| 5968 |
|
|---|
| 5969 | return num_phdrs;
|
|---|
| 5970 | }
|
|---|